WO2024007882A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024007882A1
WO2024007882A1 PCT/CN2023/102600 CN2023102600W WO2024007882A1 WO 2024007882 A1 WO2024007882 A1 WO 2024007882A1 CN 2023102600 W CN2023102600 W CN 2023102600W WO 2024007882 A1 WO2024007882 A1 WO 2024007882A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
drx
transmission resource
timer
terminal device
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/102600
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
范强
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024007882A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024007882A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0248Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal dependent on the time of the day, e.g. according to expected transmission activity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • a discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism is introduced to control the terminal equipment to monitor the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) )the behavior of.
  • Terminal equipment configured with DRX can enter the DRX activation state when it needs to monitor PDCCH or retransmission scheduling, and enter the DRX sleep state when it does not need to monitor PDCCH or retransmission scheduling, so that the terminal equipment can achieve the purpose of saving power consumption.
  • the terminal device After a terminal device performs a new transmission on a certain transmission resource, in order to prevent data transmission failure, the terminal device will start the discontinuous reception retransmission timer after the minimum retransmission scheduling interval configured on the network side. (drx-RetransmissionTimer) to enter the DRX activation state, so that the terminal device can receive the retransmission schedule for the aforementioned data in the DRX activation state.
  • the present application provides a communication method and communication device, which are used to shorten the time the terminal equipment is in the DRX activation state, which is beneficial to saving the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • this application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal device or by components of the terminal device (for example, components such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system).
  • the terminal device can receive first information.
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start a first timer.
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling or The maximum waiting time for receiving retransmission schedule. Then, the terminal device determines whether to start the first timer based on the first information.
  • the terminal device determines not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the terminal device does not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource; when the terminal device determines not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on When the first information determines to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device starts the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device can decide whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource based on the first information, it does not have to start the first timer after completing the data transmission on the transmission resource. , Therefore, it is beneficial to flexibly control the terminal equipment to start the first timer at an appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state. In addition, when the terminal device determines not to start the first timer based on the first information, the terminal device may not enter the DRX activation state. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and to save the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first information indicates a threshold
  • the threshold corresponds to a preset condition.
  • the terminal device determines not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information
  • the terminal device does not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource, including: when When at least one preset condition is determined, the first timer is not started after data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to a threshold.
  • the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX active state, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the next time the terminal device enters the DRX active state, even if the terminal device is in the current transmission If the data transmitted on the resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device will also have the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling when it enters the DRX activation state next time.
  • the preset condition satisfies the start position or end position of the transmission resource and the terminal device exits DRX within the current DRX cycle.
  • the duration interval of the activation state is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when transmitting data on this transmission resource, and the end position of the transmission resource is far from the end of the transmission resource when the terminal device exits the DRX activation state, it means that the terminal device will have DRX has been activated for a long time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the DRX cycle as a reference.
  • the first information includes a first threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device will start the discontinuous reception duration timer (drx-onDurationTimer) within a short period of time after the start time of the DRX cycle (for example, within one time slot after the start time of the DRX cycle), While drx-onDurationTimer is running, the terminal device is in the DRX activated state and can perform retransmission scheduling. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start time of the next DRX cycle (for example, less than the first threshold), even if the terminal device fails to transmit the data transmitted on the current transmission resource, the terminal device still has The opportunity is to perform retransmission scheduling within the DRX activation time in the next DRX cycle.
  • drx-onDurationTimer discontinuous reception duration timer
  • the first threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource, while ensuring that the data that failed to be transmitted has the opportunity to be retransmitted, it can also ensure that the retransmitted data meets the PDB requirements without affecting the normality of the service. run.
  • the first information includes a second threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the current DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device will start drx-onDurationTimer within a short period of time after the start time of the DRX cycle (for example, within a time slot after the start time of the DRX cycle), the terminal device is in DRX is active and can perform retransmission scheduling. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start time of the current DRX cycle (for example, less than the second threshold), the terminal device may be in the drx-onDurationTimer running period in the DRX cycle. At this time, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the second timer as a reference.
  • the second timer is a timer that enables the terminal device to be in a DRX activated state, that is, the terminal device is in a DRX activated state when the second timer is running.
  • the second timer may be drx-onDurationTimer, discontinuous reception activation timer (drx-InactivityTimer), uplink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerUL), downlink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx -RetransmissionTimerDL) and any of the sidelink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerSL).
  • drx-InactivityTimer discontinuous reception activation timer
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerUL uplink discontinuous reception retransmission timer
  • drx -RetransmissionTimerDL downlink discontinuous reception retransmission timer
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerSL any of the sidelink discontinuous reception retransmission timer
  • the first information includes a third threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the length of time between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device. The interval is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the terminal device because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start position of the next running second timer (for example, less than the third threshold), even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, The terminal device also has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling in the next period when the second timer runs.
  • the first information includes a fourth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the length of time between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The interval is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the terminal device because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the terminal device is currently in the running period of the second timer, and the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the currently running second timer is longer (for example, the time interval is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold), indicating that the second timer of the terminal device will still run for a period of time. At this time, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device will still have the opportunity to run the current second timer. Perform retransmission scheduling on another transmission resource within the period.
  • the first information includes a fifth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is a distance from the start position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device.
  • the duration interval is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device is in the DRX activated state, Retransmission scheduling can be performed when in the active state. Therefore, if the terminal device is currently in the running period of the second timer, and the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the currently running second timer is shorter (for example, the time interval is less than or equal to the Five thresholds), indicating that the terminal device has just started running the second timer, and the second timer may continue to run for a period of time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on another transmission resource within the current period of the second timer running.
  • the third threshold may be different for different second timers, and the fourth threshold may also be different for different second timers.
  • the second timer fifth threshold may also be different.
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition related to DRX activation time (or DRX activation state).
  • DRX activation time or DRX activation state.
  • the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the terminal device is in the DRX activation state.
  • the length of time in the DRX activation state is called the DRX activation time.
  • the first information includes a sixth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the sixth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold. threshold.
  • the first information includes a seventh threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the seventh threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and the time interval from the end of the current DRX activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold.
  • the first information includes an eighth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the eighth threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and is a time interval away from the start time of the current DRX activation time. Less than or equal to the eighth threshold.
  • the first information may include at least one character.
  • Each character corresponds to at least one transmission resource and is used to instruct the terminal device whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource; or, each character corresponds to at least one hybrid automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat request).
  • automatic repeat request (HARQ) process used to instruct the terminal device whether to start the first timer corresponding to the HARQ process after data transmission on the transmission resource associated with the HARQ process.
  • HARQ automatic repeat request
  • the first information includes a first sequence
  • the first sequence includes at least one bit
  • each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource
  • each bit is used to indicate that the corresponding at least one transmission resource is performing data transmission. Whether to start the first timer later.
  • the position of each bit in the bit sequence implicitly indicates which transmission resources each bit corresponds to, which is beneficial to controlling the size of the first information, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of carrying the first information.
  • the first information includes a second sequence
  • the second sequence includes at least one bit
  • each bit corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration
  • each bit is used to indicate at least one HARQ process in Whether to start the first timer after data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  • the position of each bit in the bit sequence implicitly indicates which HARQ process each bit corresponds to, which is beneficial to controlling the size of the first information, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of carrying the first information.
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL.
  • the terminal device When the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, the terminal device does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource; or when the first information indicates to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL When drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is used, the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
  • the transmission resource is a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the terminal equipment When the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the terminal equipment does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource; or, when the first information indicates to start When the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is used, the terminal equipment starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL.
  • the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, do not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or, when the first information indicates to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, Start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is not started when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, when the first information indicates to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, when drx-HARQ- Start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when RTT-TimerDL times out.
  • the first information is carried in a transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in activation downlink control information (DCI) used to activate the transmission resource. )middle.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • this application provides a communication method, which can be executed by an access network device or by a component of the access network device (for example, a processor, a chip or a chip system, etc.).
  • the access network device sends first information to the terminal device.
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • the duration of the first timer The minimum interval for scheduled retransmissions or the maximum waiting time for receiving retransmissions scheduled.
  • the access network device can send the first information to the terminal device for determining whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource
  • the terminal device can decide whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource based on the first information. Start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, instead of starting the first timer after completing the data transmission on the transmission resource. Therefore, it is beneficial to flexibly control the terminal equipment to start the first timer at an appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state.
  • the terminal device does not need to enter the DRX activation state after receiving the first information. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and save the power of the terminal device. Consumption.
  • the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not activated after data transmission on the transmission resource. start up.
  • the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the first information indicates a threshold
  • the threshold corresponds to a preset condition
  • the first information is used to determine whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met.
  • Start the first timer wherein the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the discontinuous reception DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or the preset timer Assume that the condition is met that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the time the terminal device exits the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is far from the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device.
  • the time interval between the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is distanced from the start position/end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device.
  • the time interval of the location is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX
  • the time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
  • the first information includes a first sequence
  • the first sequence includes at least one bit
  • each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource
  • each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one transmission. Whether the resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
  • the first information includes a second sequence
  • the second sequence includes at least one bit
  • each of the bits corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration
  • each of the bits is used to indicate Whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to send on the PUSCH resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after uplink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to receive on the PDSCH resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is not started after downlink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or , the first information is used by the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; the first information is used for the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, the first information Used for the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
  • the first information is carried in a transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device or a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip or a chip system, etc.).
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive the first information.
  • a processing module configured to determine whether to start the first timer based on the first information.
  • the processing module is also configured to not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource when it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information; or, When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission is performed on the transmission resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a component of the access network device (for example, a processor, a chip or a chip system, etc.).
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the processing module is used to generate first information.
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start a first timer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling or receiving retransmission.
  • the maximum waiting time for scheduling; the transceiver module is used to send the first information.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a chip in the terminal device.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module can be a processor, and the transceiver module can be a transceiver;
  • the terminal device can also include a storage module, and the storage module can be a memory; the storage module is used to store instructions, and the processing module executes what is stored in the storage module. instructions, so that the terminal device performs the method in the first aspect or any implementation of the first aspect; or, performs the method in the first aspect or any implementation of the first aspect.
  • the processing module may be a processor, and the transceiver module may be an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.; the processing module executes the instructions stored in the storage module, so that the terminal device executes the first aspect or any one of the first aspects.
  • the method in one embodiment; or, perform the method in the first aspect or any embodiment of the first aspect.
  • the storage module may be a storage module within the chip (eg, register, cache, etc.), or may be a storage module located outside the chip in the terminal device (eg, read-only memory, random access memory, etc.).
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device may be the access network device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a chip in the access network device.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module can be a processor, and the transceiver module can be a transceiver;
  • the access network device can also include a storage module, and the storage module can be a memory; the storage module is used to store instructions, and the processing module executes The instructions stored in the storage module are used to cause the access network device to execute the method in the second aspect or any implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the processing module can be a processor, and the transceiver module can be an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.; the processing module executes the instructions stored in the storage module, so that the access network
  • the device performs the method in the second aspect or any implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the storage module may be a storage module within the chip (eg, register, cache, etc.), or it may be a storage module located outside the chip in the access network device (eg, read-only memory, random access memory, etc.).
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be an integrated circuit chip.
  • Integrated circuit chips include processors.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store programs or instructions.
  • the communication device performs the method described in any one of the embodiments of the foregoing aspects.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in any one of the embodiments of the foregoing aspects.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, which includes instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the method described in any of the embodiments of the previous aspects.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a terminal device that performs the foregoing first aspect and any one of the embodiments of the first aspect, and a terminal device that performs the foregoing second aspect and the second aspect.
  • Access network equipment in any embodiment.
  • Figure 1A is an example diagram of the DRX cycle
  • Figure 1B is an example diagram of a timer involved in downlink transmission
  • Figure 1C is another example diagram of a timer involved in downlink transmission
  • Figure 1D is an example diagram of a timer involved in uplink transmission
  • Figure 1E is an example diagram of the DRX state of a terminal device in traditional technology
  • FIG. 2 is a flow chart of the communication method in this application.
  • Figure 3A is a flow chart of the communication method in this application.
  • Figure 3B is another flow chart of the communication method in this application.
  • Figure 4A is an example diagram of the DRX state of the terminal device under the action of the first information
  • Figure 4B is another example diagram of the DRX state of the terminal device under the action of the first information
  • Figure 4C is another example diagram of the DRX state of the terminal device under the action of the first information
  • Figure 4D is another example diagram of the DRX state of the terminal device under the action of the first information
  • Figure 5A is a flow chart of the communication method in this application.
  • Figure 5B is another flow chart of the communication method in this application.
  • Figure 6A is an example diagram of the preset conditions in this application.
  • Figure 6B is another example diagram of the preset conditions in this application.
  • Figure 6C is another example diagram of the preset conditions in this application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the communication device in this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication device in this application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication device in this application.
  • the communication method proposed in this application can be applied to the fifth generation mobile networks (5th generation mobile networks, 5G) new radio (NR) system, the sixth generation mobile communication technology (the 6th generation mobile communication technology, 6G) system and subsequent evolved formats, this application does not limit this.
  • Communication systems include terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the network equipment may include access network equipment or core network equipment.
  • terminal equipment includes equipment that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users.
  • this may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network (for example, 5G core network (5th generationcore, 5GC)) via the radio access network (RAN), and can exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • 5G core network for example, 5th generationcore, 5GC
  • RAN radio access network
  • Terminal equipment can also be called terminal (Terminal), user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal (MT) equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile Station (mobile station, MS), mobile station (mobile), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal Device (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user device (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MT mobile terminal
  • subscriber unit subscriber unit
  • subscriber station subscriber station
  • mobile Station mobile station
  • remote station remote station
  • access point access point
  • AP remote terminal equipment
  • access terminal equipment access terminal
  • user terminal Device user terminal
  • user agent user agent
  • user device user device
  • the terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, virtual reality (VR) device, augmented reality (AR) device, extended reality (extended reality) , XR) business terminal, cloud gaming (CG) business terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminal in self-driving (self-driving), remote medical surgery (remote medical surgery) Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, etc. It should be understood that all or part of the functions of the terminal device in this application can also be implemented through software functions running on hardware, or through virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (such as a cloud platform).
  • a platform such as a cloud platform
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device in this application can be any of the above-mentioned devices or chips, and there is no specific limitation here. Whether as equipment or as chips, terminal equipment can be manufactured, sold or used as independent products. In this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, a terminal device is taken as an example for introduction.
  • the access network device can be any device with wireless transceiver functions and can be used to be responsible for air interface-related functions, such as wireless link maintenance functions, wireless resource management functions, and some mobility management functions.
  • the access network equipment can also be configured with a base band unit (BBU), which has baseband signal processing functions.
  • BBU base band unit
  • the access network device may be an access network device (radio access network, RAN) that currently provides services to the terminal device.
  • RAN radio access network
  • some common examples of access network equipment are: Node B (Node B, NB), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), and next-generation Node B (Node B) in 5G new radio (new radio, NR) systems.
  • next generation node B gNB
  • nodes in the 6G system for example, xNodeB), transmission reception point (TRP), radio network controller (RNC), base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved node (home evolved NodeB) or home node (home Node B, HNB)), etc.
  • the access network equipment may include a centralized unit (CU) (also called control unit) and/or distributed unit (DU) Prepare.
  • the RAN equipment including CU and DU separates the protocol layer of gNB in the NR system.
  • protocol layer functions are centralized controlled by the CU, and the remaining part or all protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU and centrally controlled by the CU. DU. It should be understood that all or part of the functions of the access network equipment in this application can also be implemented through software functions running on hardware, or through virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (such as a cloud platform).
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any of the above devices or a chip in the above device, and is not specifically limited here. Whether as equipment or chips, access network equipment can be manufactured, sold or used as independent products. In this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, access network equipment is taken as an example for introduction.
  • Core network equipment refers to equipment in the core network (CN) that provides business support for terminal equipment.
  • core network equipment Currently, some common examples of core network equipment are: access and mobility management function (AMF) entities, session management function (SMF) entities, user plane function (UPF) entities ) entities, etc., which are not listed here.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the AMF entity can be responsible for the access management and mobility management of the terminal device
  • the SMF entity can be responsible for session management, such as user session establishment, etc.
  • the UPF entity can be a functional entity of the user plane, mainly responsible for connecting to external networks.
  • the entities in this application may also be called network elements or functional entities.
  • the AMF entity may also be called an AMF network element or an AMF functional entity
  • SMF may also be called an SMF network element or an SMF functional entity.
  • the communication method proposed in this application is applicable to communication between terminal equipment and access network equipment, and is also applicable to communication between terminal equipment and terminal equipment.
  • a sidelink communication scenario ie, sidelink scenario
  • two terminal devices that communicate using the PC5 interface can perform the communication method proposed in this application.
  • the communication method proposed in this application can be applied to the DRX mechanism (for example, the DRX mechanism (connected DRX, CDRX) in the connected state).
  • the terminal device In the DRX mechanism, the terminal device only turns on the receiver to enter the DRX active state when necessary to monitor the PDCCH, and turns off the receiver to enter the DRX sleep state at other times, thereby saving energy consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • terminal equipment may involve the following timers:
  • Continuous timer for discontinuous reception a continuous downlink duration, indicating the length of time the terminal device maintains the wake-up state after waking up in a DRX cycle (DRX cycle).
  • the terminal device can monitor during the operation of drx-onDurationTimer PDCCH.
  • Discontinuous reception activation timer (drx-InactivityTimer): a continuous downlink duration, indicating that the terminal device successfully decodes a PDCCH indicating the initial transmission of uplink or downlink data during the DRX activation time (for example, during drx-onDurationTimer operation) The length of time that PDCCH can be continuously monitored.
  • drx-InactivityTimer is started or restarted when the terminal device receives a PDCCH indicating new transmission (indicating uplink or downlink new transmission scheduling).
  • a DRX cycle mainly includes a duration period (i.e. On-duration) and a sleep period (i.e. Opportunity for DRX).
  • the duration period is the duration period during which the terminal device is in the DRX active state and can monitor the PDCCH;
  • the sleep period is the period during which the terminal device enters the DRX sleep state without monitoring the PDCCH in order to save power. For example, when the terminal device starts drx-onDurationTimer, the terminal device enters the DRX activation state and starts monitoring the PDCCH.
  • the terminal device can enter the DRX sleep state and no longer listen to PDCCH when drx-onDurationTimer times out; if the terminal device receives the instruction new If the PDCCH is transmitted, the terminal device starts or restarts the drx-InactivityTimer and continues to monitor the PDCCH.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device receives a message indicating entering the sleep state (for example, DRX command MAC CE) while drx-onDurationTimer or drx-InactivityTimer is running, the terminal device will immediately stop drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer, and may Enter DRX sleep state.
  • a message indicating entering the sleep state for example, DRX command MAC CE
  • Discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer): used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive retransmission schedules, which can reflect the network side's processing of data or information from the terminal device.
  • the minimum duration of the command indicates the earliest number of symbols (symbols) before the next HARQ retransmission occurs.
  • the terminal device will not listen to the PDCCH while drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is running.
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer can be divided into timers that indicate the minimum interval at which uplink terminal equipment expects to receive retransmission schedules (i.e., uplink discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT- TimerUL)) and a timer indicating the minimum interval at which the downlink terminal equipment expects to receive retransmission schedules (ie, downlink discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL)).
  • uplink discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer i.e., uplink discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL downlink discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is started at the first symbol after the end of the HARQ feedback for downlink transmission of a HARQ process, indicating how long the terminal device needs to wait after sending HARQ feedback to the network side.
  • Monitor for instructions PDCCH scheduled for retransmission For example, in the example shown in Figure 1B, the terminal device receives downlink data through the PDSCH, and after receiving the downlink data on the PDSCH, the terminal device sends HARQ feedback to the network side.
  • the terminal device starts drx-HARQ-RTT after sending the HARQ feedback. -TimerDL.
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is started at the first symbol after the downlink transmission of a HARQ process, indicating how long the terminal device needs to wait after receiving downlink data from the network side. Only then can the PDCCH used to indicate downlink retransmission scheduling be monitored. For example, in the example shown in Figure 1C, the terminal device starts drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data through PDSCH.
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started at the first symbol after the uplink transmission of a HARQ process, indicating how long the terminal device needs to wait before it can listen for instructions after sending uplink data to the network side.
  • Uplink retransmission scheduled PDCCH For example, in the example shown in Figure 1D, the terminal device sends uplink data on PUSCH, and the terminal device starts drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending the uplink data.
  • Discontinuous reception retransmission timer used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving retransmission scheduling, indicating the maximum time for the terminal device to wait for retransmission scheduling in the DRX activation state.
  • drx-RetransmissionTimer can be divided into a timer that indicates the maximum waiting time for receiving uplink retransmission scheduling (i.e., uplink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)) and a timer that indicates the maximum waiting time for receiving downlink retransmission scheduling (i.e., uplink non-continuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)).
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerDL the downlink discontinuous reception retransmission timer
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerSL the sidelink discontinuous reception retransmission timer
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerDL does not successfully decode the downlink transport block (TB) after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL of a HARQ process times out
  • the terminal device will -RTT-TimerDL starts at the first symbol after timeout.
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is started at the first symbol after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL timeout of a HARQ process.
  • the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and can monitor the PDCCH.
  • the DRX activation state involved in the introduction of the aforementioned timers only refers to the state of the DRX function, not the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) activation state.
  • the RRC activation state is the RRC CONNECTED state.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC connected state, it can receive dedicated RRC signaling from the network side to configure the terminal device, and the terminal device can transmit RRC dedicated signaling and service data with the network side.
  • the RRC states corresponding to the RRC active state include RRC dormant state (RRC IDLE state) (also known as RRC idle state) and RRC inactive state (RRC INACTIVE state).
  • the DRX function is an energy-saving function configured on the network side for the terminal device when the terminal device is in the RRC connection state.
  • the terminal device can be in the DRX active state or the DRX sleep state.
  • the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH at the PDCCH monitoring opportunity to determine whether an access network device sends scheduling information to the terminal device; when the terminal device is in the DRX sleep state, the terminal device can not PDCCH monitors to achieve the purpose of energy saving.
  • the terminal device is in the RRC connected state.
  • the terminal device in the current DRX mechanism, every time the terminal device transmits on the uplink transmission resource configured on the network side, the terminal device will start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL After timeout, the terminal device will start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL and be in the DRX activation state in order to expect to hear the PDCCH indicated by the access network device for retransmission scheduling.
  • not every transmission will fail. Therefore, starting drx-RetransmissionTimerUL while being in the DRX activated state may cause unnecessary power consumption to the terminal device and affect the energy-saving effect of the terminal device.
  • this application provides a communication method and communication device, which are used to shorten the time the terminal equipment is in the DRX activation state, which is beneficial to saving the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • This embodiment may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip, a chip system, etc.). Taking the terminal device as an example, in this method, the terminal device will perform the following steps:
  • Step 201 The terminal device receives the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate whether the terminal device starts the first timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource. It can also be understood that the first information is used for the terminal device to determine whether to start the first timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource. Whether to start the first timer.
  • the transmission resources are physical resources configured by the network side to the terminal device for the terminal device to transmit data.
  • the access network device configures the transmission resources for the terminal device through the transmission resource configuration.
  • the first information in this application is related to the transmission resources configured by the transmission resource configuration.
  • Transmission resources can be divided into pre-configured resources (pre-configured resources) and dynamic grant (DG) resources according to the network side configuration method.
  • preconfigured resources are divided into configured grant (CG) resources for uplink transmission and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources for downlink transmission according to different transmission directions.
  • the CG resource can be a configured grant type 1 (CG type 1) resource or a configured grant type 2 (CG type 2) resource.
  • transmission resources are divided into uplink transmission resources (for example, physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resources) and downlink transmission resources (for example, physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) resources) according to the data transmission direction. ).
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the terminal device can send uplink data on the PUSCH resources.
  • the terminal device can receive downlink data on the PDSCH resources.
  • the first information may adopt different configuration granularities, that is, the range in which the first information takes effect may be different.
  • the transmission resources are preconfigured resources.
  • the transmission resources are preconfigured resources.
  • the first information may be information at the terminal device granularity, information at the cell granularity, or information at the BWP granularity.
  • the first information is information at the terminal device granularity.
  • the first information is carried in the MAC entity configuration information element MAC-CellGroupConfig information element.
  • the first information is valid for each preconfigured resource.
  • the first information is cell granular information.
  • the first information is carried in the serving cell configuration information element ServingCellConfig.
  • different serving cell configurations may carry independent first information, and the first information carried in a certain serving cell is only valid for preconfigured resources in the same cell.
  • the first information is information at a bandwidth part (BWP) granularity.
  • the first information is carried in the BWP configuration information element BWP-UplinkDedicated or BWP-DownlinkDedicated.
  • BWP configuration information element BWP-UplinkDedicated or BWP-DownlinkDedicated may carry mutually independent first information, and the first information carried in a certain BWP is only valid for the preconfigured resources in the BWP.
  • the first information is information of preconfigured resource configuration granularity.
  • the first information may be carried in CG resource configuration or SPS resource configuration.
  • the first information is carried in the configuredGrantConfig configuration information element of the CG.
  • the first information is carried in the configuration information element SPS-Config of the SPS.
  • the first information may also be carried in the activated downlink control information (DCI) corresponding to the CG resource configuration or the activated DCI corresponding to the SPS resource configuration.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the first information is carried in the activation DCI used to activate the configuration grant type 2 resource.
  • the first information is carried in activation DCI used to activate SPS resources.
  • the transmission resources are dynamically authorized DG resources.
  • the first information may be information at the terminal device granularity, information at the cell granularity, or information at the BWP granularity.
  • the first information is information at the terminal device granularity.
  • the first information is carried in the MAC entity configuration information element MAC-CellGroupConfig information element.
  • the first information is valid for each preconfigured resource.
  • the first information is cell granular information.
  • the first information is carried in the serving cell configuration information element ServingCellConfig.
  • different serving cell configurations may carry independent first information, and the first information carried in a certain serving cell is only valid for preconfigured resources in the same cell.
  • the first information is BWP granularity information.
  • the first information is carried in the BWP configuration information element BWP-UplinkDedicated or BWP-DownlinkDedicated.
  • BWP-UplinkDedicated or BWP-DownlinkDedicated.
  • different BWP configurations may carry mutually independent first information, and the first information carried in a certain BWP is only valid for the preconfigured resources in the BWP.
  • the access network device can use the first information of any of the aforementioned configuration granularities.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first information from the cells or signaling corresponding to the configuration granularity. This application does not limit this.
  • the first timer is used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
  • the first timer is used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule.
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT- TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL please refer to the corresponding descriptions in Figure 1B, Figure 1C or Figure 1D, and will not be described again here.
  • the first timer is used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule, that is, the length of the first timer is the maximum waiting time for the terminal device to receive the retransmission schedule.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL please refer to the corresponding description in Figure 1B, Figure 1C or Figure 1D, and will not be described again here.
  • the first information may be implemented in the following multiple ways:
  • the first information is used to indicate at least one preset condition, and the first information includes a threshold corresponding to each preset condition in the at least one preset condition.
  • the preset condition is used to indicate that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the first information at least includes the aforementioned first preset value.
  • the first preset value is less than the packet delay budget (packet delay budget, PDB) of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
  • the starting position of the transmission resource refers to the starting time of the transmission resource in the time domain, for example, the starting time of the first symbol or the first time slot of the transmission resource, etc.; the end position of the transmission resource refers to the starting time of the transmission resource.
  • the end time in the time domain for example, the end time of the last symbol of the transmission resource or the last time slot, etc.
  • the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activated state (for example, the duration interval is shorter than or equal to the first preset value), even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device will have the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling when it enters the DRX activation state next time. Furthermore, if the first preset value is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource, while ensuring that the data that failed to be transmitted has the opportunity to be retransmitted, it can also ensure that the retransmitted data meets the PDB requirements without affecting the service. of normal operation.
  • the preset condition is used to indicate that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second preset value.
  • the first information at least includes the aforementioned second preset value.
  • the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, and the end position of the transmission resource is separated from the end position of the terminal device by a long time interval from the DRX activation state (for example, the time interval is greater than or equal to the second preset value), indicating that the terminal device will remain in the DRX activation state for a long time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
  • the preset condition is used to indicate that the start position or end position of the transmission resource is less than or equal to the third preset value from the time interval between the terminal device entering the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle.
  • the first information at least includes the aforementioned third preset value.
  • the terminal device because the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, and the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the time interval when the terminal device just enters the DRX activation state (for example, the time interval less than or equal to the third preset value), it indicates that the terminal equipment has just entered the DRX activation state and the terminal equipment will be in the DRX activation state for a period of time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
  • the first information serves as an indication, and the first information is used to indicate whether each of the at least one transmission resource should start the first timer after data transmission.
  • the first information may include at least one character.
  • Each character corresponds to at least one transmission resource and is used to instruct the terminal device whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource; or each character corresponds to at least one HARQ process and is used to instruct the terminal Whether the device starts the first timer corresponding to the HARQ process after transmitting data on the transmission resource associated with the HARQ process.
  • the first information may be a bit sequence, and one character in the first information is information carried by one bit in the bit sequence.
  • the information carried by each bit in the bit sequence corresponds to at least one transmission resource, or the information carried by each bit in the bit sequence corresponds to at least one HARQ process.
  • the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding at least one transmission resource is started after data transmission. the first timer.
  • the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits is associated with a transmission resource allocation.
  • each bit is used to indicate whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  • the position of each bit in the bit sequence implicitly indicates which transmission resources or which HARQ processes each bit corresponds to, which is beneficial to controlling the size of the first information, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of carrying the first information.
  • the first information may also be a list, and the list includes at least one character.
  • the list also includes a character index.
  • the character index is used by the terminal device to determine which transmission resources or which HARQ processes the character corresponds to.
  • the first information for indicating the effect is carried in the form of a list, which is helpful for accurately instructing the terminal device which transmission resources or which HARQ processes correspond to the first timers that need to be started or not started.
  • the time interval between every two adjacent first resources in the time domain is less than or equal to the packet delay budget PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
  • the first resource is a transmission resource indicating that the first timer needs to be started after data transmission.
  • each character may have any one of two values, one of which represents starting the first timer, and the other representing not starting the first timer. For example, if the value of the character is 0, it means not starting the first timer; if the value of the character is 1, it means starting the first timer. For another example, if the value of the character is false (false), it means not starting the first timer; if the value of the character is true (true), it means starting the first timer.
  • the first information can be implemented using any of the aforementioned implementation methods, and the details are not limited here.
  • Step 202 The terminal device determines whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information.
  • the process of the terminal device determining whether to start the first timer based on the first information is also different.
  • the following are introduced respectively:
  • the first information is used to indicate at least one preset condition, and the first information includes a threshold corresponding to each preset condition in the at least one preset condition.
  • the terminal device determines, based on one or several preset conditions indicated by the first information, whether the time at which the current terminal device performs data transmission can meet the aforementioned preset conditions, and then the terminal device determines whether the preset conditions are satisfied based on whether the preset conditions are met. Start the first timer.
  • the terminal device determines not to start the first timer after data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the first information includes a first preset value
  • the preset condition is used to indicate that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the terminal device will determine whether the start position or end position of the data transmission is less than or equal to the first predetermined time interval from the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state. Set value, if yes, the terminal device does not start the first timer; otherwise, the terminal device starts the first timer.
  • the first information includes a second preset value, and the preset condition is used to indicate that the start position or end position of the transmission resource is greater than or equal to the time interval from the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. 2. Default value. In this case, after the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device will determine whether the start position or end position of the data transmission is greater than or equal to the time interval between the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. 2. Default value. If yes, the terminal device does not start the first timer; otherwise, the terminal device starts the first timer.
  • the first information includes a third preset value
  • the preset condition is used to indicate that the start position or end position of the transmission resource is less than or equal to the time interval between the terminal device entering the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle and the third preset value in the current DRX cycle.
  • Three presets In this case, after the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device will determine whether the start position or end position of the data transmission is less than or equal to the time interval between the terminal device entering the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. Three preset values, if yes, the terminal device does not start the first timer; otherwise, the terminal device starts the first timer.
  • the first information serves as an indication, and the first information is used to indicate whether each of the at least one transmission resource should start the first timer after data transmission.
  • the terminal device can directly determine whether to start the first timer based on the first information without requiring other conditions or rules.
  • the terminal device determines not to start the first timer based on the first information, or when the first information indicates not to start the first timer, The terminal device performs step 203a; when the terminal device determines to start the first timer based on the first information, or when the first information indicates starting the first timer, the terminal device performs step 203b.
  • Step 203a The terminal device does not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device determines not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information indication, or when the first information indicates not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device performs the transmission corresponding to the first information. After data transmission is performed on a resource, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not started.
  • the first timer is used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule.
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL.
  • the terminal device does not activate the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the PUSCH resource after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
  • the transmission resource is the physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the terminal device does not activate the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL corresponding to the PDSCH resource after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
  • the terminal device when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the terminal device sends a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback for downlink transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is not started afterwards.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device receives downlink data on the PDSCH resource, the terminal device will also send HARQ feedback to the access network device.
  • the HARQ feedback may be a positive response (acknowledge, ACK), indicating that the terminal device has successfully received the data from the PDSCH. Data; HARQ feedback may also be a negative-acknowledgment (NACK), indicating that the terminal device did not successfully receive data from the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends HARQ feedback, the terminal device does not start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the terminal device will start the drx-RetransmissionTimer (for example, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx -RetransmissionTimerDL). Therefore, if the terminal device does not start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, there will be no trigger to start drx-RetransmissionTimer due to drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout. Since the terminal device will not be in the DRX activation state due to starting drx-RetransmissionTimer, it does not need to monitor the PDCCH during the running time of drx-RetransmissionTimer. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activated state, thereby helping to save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • drx-RetransmissionTimer for example, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx -RetransmissionTimerDL. Therefore, if the terminal device does not start drx-HARQ-RTT
  • the first timer is used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL.
  • the terminal device does not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the terminal device does not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
  • the terminal device can start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer (for example, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL), the terminal device drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout is based on The first message does not start drx-RetransmissionTimer (eg, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL). Therefore, the terminal device will not be in the DRX activation state due to starting drx-RetransmissionTimer, nor will it monitor PDCCH during the running time of drx-RetransmissionTimer. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activated state, thereby helping to save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer for example, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL
  • Step 203b After performing data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device starts the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device determines to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information indication, or when the first information indicates to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device starts the transmission resource corresponding to the first information. After data transmission, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started.
  • the first timer is used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule.
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL.
  • the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH.
  • the transmission resource is the physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the terminal equipment starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device when the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the terminal device sends hybrid automatic retransmission of downlink transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is started after requesting HARQ feedback.
  • the first timer is used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL.
  • the terminal device starts drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the terminal device starts drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
  • the terminal device can decide based on the first information whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on any one of the at least one transmission resource, instead of completing it on the transmission resource.
  • the first timer must be started after data transmission. Therefore, it is beneficial to flexibly control the terminal device to start the first timer at the appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state.
  • the terminal device may not enter the DRX activation state. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and to save the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first information includes at least one character
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • This embodiment may be executed by a terminal device and an access network device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) and a component of the access network device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) system and other components) execution.
  • a component of the terminal device for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system
  • the access network equipment will perform the following steps:
  • Step 301 The access network device sends first information to the terminal device; accordingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the access network device.
  • the access network device sends a transmission resource configuration including the first information to the terminal device; correspondingly, the terminal device receives the transmission resource configuration including the first information from the access network device.
  • the transmission resource configuration is used to configure at least one transmission resource for the terminal device.
  • the aforementioned transmission resource configuration is configuration information for pre-configured resources (pre-configured resources), and the transmission resources are pre-configured resources.
  • the preconfigured resources are divided into configured grant (CG) resources for uplink transmission and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources for downlink transmission according to different transmission directions.
  • CG configured grant
  • SPS semi-persistent scheduling
  • the aforementioned transmission resource configuration is a CG resource configuration
  • the aforementioned transmission resource is a CG resource.
  • the transmission resource is configured as a configured grant Type 1 (configured grant Type 1) configuration
  • the transmission resource is a configured grant Type 1 resource.
  • the configuration of configuring grant type 1 also includes the time-frequency resource location of configuring grant type 1, the period of CG resources, the number of HARQ processes using CG resources, and the modulation and coding scheme (MCS). ) and other parameters.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the transmission resource is configured as configured grant Type 2.
  • Configuration the transmission resource is configured authorization type 2 resource.
  • the configuration of configuration authorization type 2 also includes parameters such as the period of the CG resource and the number of HARQ processes using the CG resource.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the aforementioned configuration of configuration authorization type 2, the terminal device also needs to receive the activation DCI indicating the time-frequency resource location and modem mode MCS of configuration authorization type 2 in order to store the configuration authorization type 2 resource as the configuration uplink authorization. 2. Then the terminal device can use the configured authorization type 2 resources for uplink data transmission.
  • the aforementioned transmission resource configuration is SPS resource configuration.
  • the access network device sends an SPS resource configuration to the terminal device.
  • the SPS resource configuration also includes parameters such as the cycle of the SPS resource.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the aforementioned SPS resource configuration, the terminal device also needs to receive the activation DCI indicating the time-frequency resource location of the SPS resource and the modem mode MCS before it can use the SPS resource for downlink data transmission.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first information from the activated DCI corresponding to the transmission resource configuration.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first information from the activated DCI of the CG resource configuration.
  • the terminal device receives an activation DCI for configuration authorization type 2 from the access network device.
  • the activation DCI includes first information, a time-frequency resource location indicating configuration authorization type 2, a modem MCS and other information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first information from the activated DCI of the SPS resource configuration.
  • the terminal device receives the activation DCI of the SPS resource configuration from the access network device.
  • the activation DCI includes the first information, the time-frequency resource location indicating the SPS resource, the modem MCS and other information.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first information using any of the aforementioned implementation methods, and the details are not limited here.
  • the first information includes at least one character.
  • the value of each character is any one of two possible values, one of which means starting drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, and the other value means not starting drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer.
  • the value of each character may be 0 or 1. If the value of the character is 0, it means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started; if the value of the character is 1, it means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started.
  • the value of each character may be false (false) or true (true). If the value of the character is false, it means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started.
  • each character in the first information corresponds to at least one transmission resource and is used to instruct the terminal device whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource; or, in the first information, Each character of corresponds to at least one HARQ process and is used to indicate whether the terminal device starts the first timer corresponding to the HARQ process after performing data transmission on the transmission resource associated with the HARQ process.
  • the arrangement order between characters in the first information implicitly indicates the transmission resource or HARQ process corresponding to each character.
  • the first information is a bit sequence
  • one character in the first information is information carried by one bit in the bit sequence.
  • the position of each bit in the bit sequence implicitly indicates the transmission resource or HARQ process corresponding to each bit.
  • a bit with a value of 0 in the bit sequence indicates that the transmission resource indicated by the bit or the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the HARQ process is not started;
  • a bit with a value of 1 in the bit sequence indicates that the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer indicated by the bit is started.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource or HARQ process.
  • the bit sequence corresponding to one transmission resource For example, take one bit in the bit sequence corresponding to one transmission resource. If the first information is a bit sequence including 6 bits, and the 6 bits correspond to 6 consecutive transmission resources in the time domain, then the bit sequence "001000" indicates that drx-HARQ- is started only after data transmission on the third transmission resource.
  • RTT-Timer does not start after data transmission on several other transport resources (e.g. first transport resource, second transport resource, fourth transport resource, fifth transport resource and sixth transport resource) drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer.
  • the first information is a bit sequence including 6 bits, and the 6 bits correspond to 12 consecutive transmission resources in the time domain
  • the first "0" in the bit sequence "001000” represents the difference between the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer will not be started after data transmission on the first transmission resource.
  • the second "0” in “001000” means that drx will not be started after data transmission on the third and fourth transmission resources.
  • -HARQ-RTT-Timer, "1" in "001000” means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started after data transmission on the third and fourth transmission resources, and so on, starting from the fifth to fourth transmission resources.
  • Drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started for data transmission on twelve transmission resources.
  • the first information also includes an index of each character, and the index of the character is used to display each word.
  • the characters in the first information correspond to the transmission resources.
  • the first information includes L characters and L character indexes, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the index of the character indicates which character among the L characters the character is. For example, the index of this character is 0, which means that this character is the first character among L characters.
  • the index of the character is 1, which means that the character is the second character among L characters.
  • the index of the character is 2, which means that the character is the third character among L characters.
  • the character with index 0 has a value of 0, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started after data transmission on the first transmission resource; the character with index 1 has a value of 1, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started after data transmission on the first transmission resource.
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started after data transmission on the third transmission resource; the value of the character with index 2 is 0, and drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started after data transmission on the third transmission resource.
  • the characters in the first information correspond to the HARQ process.
  • the first information includes M characters and indices of M characters, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the M character indexes are the process identifiers of the M processes respectively.
  • the process identifiers of M HARQ processes are i, i+1, i+2, ..., i+(M-1).
  • the first information can be as shown in Table 2-1 below:
  • the first information corresponds to 3 HARQ processes.
  • the character corresponding to the i-th HARQ process is 0, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer will not be started after data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the HARQ process identified as i;
  • the (i+1)-th HARQ process corresponds to
  • the character is 0, indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer will not be started after data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the HARQ process identified as (i+1);
  • the character corresponding to the (i+2) HARQ process is 1 , indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started after data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the HARQ process identified as (i+2).
  • Step 302 The terminal device determines whether to start the discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer corresponding to the character based on each character.
  • one character in the first information corresponds to at least one transmission resource.
  • the terminal device needs to determine which character or characters in the first information corresponds to the transmission resource currently transmitting data, and then determine whether to start The drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to this transmission resource.
  • the terminal device can calculate which character in the first information is used by the current transmission resource based on the following formula 1.
  • N represents the index of the symbol where the transmission resource to be determined whether to start the timer is located, that is, the index of the symbol where the timing of data transmission is located, hereinafter referred to as the Nth transmission resource
  • L represents the number of characters included in the first information
  • i represents the index of the character in the first information corresponding to the Nth transmission resource.
  • the terminal device may determine N based on the formula for calculating CG resource locations or calculating SPS resources in the MAC protocol. For example, for CG type 2, when receiving activated DCI, the location of the Nth CG resource is determined through the following formula 2:
  • numberOfSlotsPerFrame is the number of time slots included in each frame
  • numberOfSymbolsPerSlot is the number of time slots included in each time slot.
  • one character in the first information corresponds to at least one HARQ process.
  • the terminal device needs to determine which character or characters in the first information corresponds to the HARQ process currently transmitting data, and then determine whether Start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the HARQ process.
  • the terminal device can determine the value of the character corresponding to the HARQ process based on the first information (for example, the example shown in Table 2-1) as 0, indicating not to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to each HARQ process based on the first information.
  • step 303a When the character indicates that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is enabled, the terminal device executes step 303a; when the character indicates that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not enabled, the terminal device executes step 303b.
  • Step 303a After the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character, it starts the corresponding discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource corresponding to the character, if the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out, the terminal device will start the drx-RetransmissionTimer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • Step 303b The terminal device does not start the corresponding discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource corresponding to the character, the terminal device will not start the drx-RetransmissionTimer because the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out.
  • the transmission resource is PUSCH resource.
  • L 6 and the first information is "001000".
  • the value of the character with index 0 is 0, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after data transmission on the first transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 1) in every 6 transmission resources; index The character with index 1 has a value of 0, indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after data transmission on the second transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 2); the character with index 2 has a value of 1, Indicates that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after data transmission on the third transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 3); the value of the character with index 3 is 0, indicating that the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after data transmission on the fourth transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 3) drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after data transmission on
  • the terminal device needs to start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after transmitting on the third transmission resource among the six adjacent transmission resources, and, in the drx corresponding to the third transmission resource -After HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out, the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL corresponding to the third transmission resource.
  • the terminal device enters the DRX activation state to monitor the PDCCH from the access network device for retransmission scheduling.
  • the operation of drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer will also cause the terminal device to enter the activation state.
  • the DRX status of the terminal device when the aforementioned three timers are running can be obtained.
  • the DRX status includes DRX ON (indicating the DRX active state) and DRX OFF (indicating the DRX sleep state).
  • the white box represents the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state
  • the gray box represents the time the terminal device does not enter the DRX activation state because drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is not started. It can be seen that the time the terminal equipment is in the DRX activation state is shortened under the influence of the first information, which is beneficial to the terminal equipment saving power consumption.
  • the transmission resource is PDSCH resource.
  • L 6
  • the first information is "001000”.
  • the terminal device needs to start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after transmitting on the third transmission resource among the six adjacent transmission resources, and, in the third After the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL corresponding to the transmission resource times out, the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL corresponding to the third transmission resource.
  • the terminal device enters the DRX activation state to monitor the PDCCH from the access network device for retransmission scheduling.
  • the operation of drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer will also cause the terminal device to enter the activation state.
  • the DRX status of the terminal device when the aforementioned three timers are running can be obtained.
  • the DRX status includes DRX ON (indicating DRX active state) and DRX OFF (indicating DRX sleep state).
  • the white box represents the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state
  • the gray box represents the time the terminal device does not enter the DRX activation state because drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is not started. It can be seen that the role of the terminal device in the first information The duration of the DRX activation state is shortened, which helps the terminal device save power consumption.
  • the terminal device will start the drx-RetransmissionTimer (for example, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx -RetransmissionTimerDL). Therefore, when the terminal device does not start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer will not time out, and the terminal device will not start drx-RetransmissionTimer because drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out. Because the terminal equipment will not enter the active state by starting drx-RetransmissionTimer, nor will it monitor the PDCCH used for retransmission scheduling. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in an activated state, thereby helping to save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • drx-RetransmissionTimer for example, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx -RetransmissionTimerDL. Therefore, when the terminal device does not start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,
  • the first timer is used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving retransmission scheduling
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the aforementioned step 302 in Figure 3A can be replaced with step 302a as shown in Figure 3B
  • the aforementioned step 303a in Figure 3A can be replaced with step 303c as shown in Figure 3B
  • the aforementioned step 303b in Figure 3A can be replaced with as shown in Figure 3B Step 303d shown in 3B.
  • Step 302a The terminal device determines whether to start the discontinuous reception retransmission timer corresponding to the transmission resource corresponding to the character based on each character.
  • step 302a in FIG. 3B is similar to step 302 in FIG. 3A.
  • step 302a in FIG. 3B is similar to step 302 in FIG. 3A.
  • step 302 please refer to the relevant description of step 302 above.
  • step 303c When the character indicates that drx-RetransmissionTimer is enabled, the terminal device executes step 303c; when the character indicates that drx-RetransmissionTimer is not enabled, the terminal device executes step 303d.
  • Step 303c The terminal device starts the corresponding discontinuous reception retransmission timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character.
  • the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character.
  • the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • drx-RetransmissionTimer drx-RetransmissionTimer.
  • Step 303d After performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character, the terminal device does not start the corresponding discontinuous reception retransmission timer.
  • the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character.
  • the terminal device does not start the transmission resource corresponding to the character. drx-RetransmissionTimer.
  • the transmission resource is PUSCH resource.
  • L 6 and the first information is "001000".
  • the value of the character with index 0 is 0, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after data transmission on the first transmission resource in every 6 transmission resources, and, after drx-HARQ-RTT- drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started when TimerUL times out;
  • the value of the character with index 1 is 0, indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after data transmission on the second transmission resource, and, after drx- drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started when HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out; and so on, which will not be described here.
  • the terminal device will start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after performing data transmission on each of the six adjacent transmission resources. Only the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the third transmission resource will be started. drx-RetransmissionTimerUL will be started after HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out, and drx-RetransmissionTimerUL will not be started after drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to other transmission resources times out.
  • the DRX activation state of the terminal device in the example shown in Figure 4C is the same as the DRX activation state of the terminal device in the example shown in Figure 4A, that is, In Figure 4C, the white box represents the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the gray box represents the time it does not enter the DRX activation state because drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is not started. It can be seen that the duration of the terminal device in the DRX activation state is shortened under the action of the first information, which is beneficial to the terminal device saving power consumption.
  • the transmission resource is PDSCH resource.
  • L 6
  • the first information is "001000”.
  • the terminal device starts drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after data transmission on each of the 6 adjacent transmission resources, only in the third transmission drx-RetransmissionTimerDL will be started after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL corresponding to the resource times out, and drx-RetransmissionTimerDL will not be started after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL corresponding to other transmission resources times out.
  • the white box represents the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state
  • the gray box represents the time it does not enter the DRX activation state because drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is not started. It can be seen that the duration of the terminal device in the DRX activation state is shortened under the action of the first information, which is beneficial to the terminal device saving power consumption.
  • the terminal device can start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer (for example, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL), the terminal device drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout is based on The first message does not start drx-RetransmissionTimer (eg, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL). Therefore, the terminal device will not enter the active state by starting drx-RetransmissionTimer, nor will it monitor the PDCCH used for retransmission scheduling. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in an activated state, thereby helping to save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer for example, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL
  • the first message does not start drx-RetransmissionTime
  • the first information includes at least one threshold
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • This embodiment may be executed by a terminal device and an access network device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) and a component of the access network device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) system and other components) execution.
  • the terminal equipment and access network equipment will perform the following steps:
  • Step 501 The access network device sends first information to the terminal device; accordingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the access network device.
  • step 301 the implementation manner in which the terminal device obtains the first information is similar to step 301.
  • step 301 please refer to the relevant description in step 301 above, which will not be described again here.
  • the first information includes at least one threshold, and each threshold corresponds to a preset condition. It can also be understood that the first information is used to indicate at least one preset condition. Optionally, the first information also includes an identification of a preset condition corresponding to each threshold to indicate the preset condition corresponding to the threshold.
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the DRX cycle as a reference.
  • the first information includes a first threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • uplink transmission is taken as an example.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 1 is DRX cycle (j-1)
  • the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle j.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is the end position of transmission resource 1 and DRX cycle j.
  • the duration interval a1 between the starting positions in is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 5 is DRX cycle j, and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is that the end position of transmission resource 5 is equal to the DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the duration interval a2 between the starting positions of j+1) is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device will start drx-onDurationTimer within a short period of time after the start time of the DRX cycle (for example, within a time slot after the start time of the DRX cycle), the terminal device is in DRX is active and can perform retransmission scheduling. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start time of the next DRX cycle (for example, less than the first threshold), even if the terminal device fails to transmit the data transmitted on the current transmission resource, the terminal device still has The opportunity is to perform retransmission scheduling within the DRX activation time in the next DRX cycle.
  • the first threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource, while ensuring that the data that failed to be transmitted has the opportunity to be retransmitted, it can also ensure that the retransmitted data meets the PDB requirements without affecting the normality of the service. run.
  • the first information includes a second threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the current DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 5 is DRX cycle j
  • the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is between the end position of transmission resource 5 and the start position of DRX cycle j.
  • the duration interval b2 is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 2 is DRX cycle j
  • the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is the end position of transmission resource 2 and the starting position of DRX cycle j.
  • the time interval b1 is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the second threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device will start drx-onDurationTimer within a short period of time after the start time of the DRX cycle (for example, within a time slot after the start time of the DRX cycle), the terminal device is in DRX is active and can perform retransmission scheduling. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start time of the current DRX cycle (for example, less than the second threshold), the terminal device may be in the drx-onDurationTimer running period in the DRX cycle. At this time, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the second timer as a reference.
  • the second timer is a timer that enables the terminal device to be in a DRX activated state, that is, the terminal device is in a DRX activated state when the second timer is running.
  • the second timer may be any one of drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, and drx-RetransmissionTimerSL.
  • the first information includes a third threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the length of time between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device. The interval is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the next drx-onDurationTimer run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third timer.
  • Three thresholds As shown in Figure 6B, uplink transmission is taken as an example.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 1 is DRX cycle (j-1), and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle j.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is the end position of transmission resource 1 and DRX cycle j.
  • the duration interval c1 between the starting positions of the drx-onDurationTimer is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 5 is DRX cycle j
  • the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is that the end position of transmission resource 5 is equal to the DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the duration interval c2 between the starting positions of drx-onDurationTimer in j+1) is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the next drx-InactivityTimer run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third timer.
  • Three thresholds As shown in Figure 6C, uplink transmission is taken as an example.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 1 is DRX cycle (j-1), and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle j.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is the end position of transmission resource 1 and DRX cycle j.
  • the duration interval f1 between the starting positions of drx-InactivityTimer is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 5 is DRX cycle j, and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is that the end position of transmission resource 5 is equal to the DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the time interval f2 between the starting positions of drx-InactivityTimer in j+1) is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the terminal device because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start position of the next running second timer (for example, less than the third threshold), even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, The terminal device also has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling in the next period when the second timer runs.
  • the first information includes a fourth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the length of time between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The interval is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the drx-onDurationTimer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the end position of the transmission resource is before the end position of the drx-onDurationTimer run of the current DRX cycle.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 2 is DRX cycle j.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is the end position of transmission resource 2 and the drx-onDurationTimer in DRX cycle j.
  • the duration interval d1 between the end positions is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 6 is the DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is the end position of transmission resource 6 and the drx-onDurationTimer in the DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the duration interval d2 between the starting positions is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of drx-InactivityTime currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 3 is DRX cycle j
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is transmission resource 3
  • the duration interval g1 between the end position of and the end position of drx-InactivityTimer in DRX cycle j is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the terminal device because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the terminal device is currently in the running period of the second timer, and the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the currently running second timer is longer (for example, the time interval is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold), indicating that the second timer of the terminal device will still run for a period of time. At this time, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device will still have the opportunity to run the current second timer. Perform retransmission scheduling on another transmission resource within the period.
  • the first information includes a fifth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is a distance from the start position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device.
  • the duration interval is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fifth and fourth thresholds is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the drx-onDurationTimer currently running on the terminal device is less than or equal to Fifth threshold.
  • the end position of the transmission resource can be before the drx-onDurationTimer running start position of the current DRX cycle, or after the running end position.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 2 is DRX cycle j.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is the end position of transmission resource 2 and the drx-onDurationTimer in DRX cycle j.
  • the time interval e1 between the starting positions is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
  • the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 6 is the DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is the end position of transmission resource 6 and the drx-onDurationTimer in the DRX cycle (j+1).
  • the duration interval e2 between the starting positions is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the drx-InactivityTimer currently running on the terminal device is less than or equal to the third timer.
  • Five thresholds As shown in Figure 6C, in uplink transmission, for transmission resource 3, the DRX cycle in which transmission resource 3 is currently located is DRX cycle j, and the time domain position of transmission resource 3 is during the running period of drx-InactivityTimer.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is that the time interval h1 between the end position of transmission resource 3 and the start position of drx-InactivityTimer in DRX cycle j is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold.
  • the terminal device because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the terminal device is currently in the running period of the second timer, and the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the currently running second timer is shorter (for example, the time interval is less than or equal to the Five thresholds), indicating that the terminal device has just started running the second timer, and the second timer may continue to run for a period of time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on another transmission resource within the current period of the second timer running.
  • the third threshold may be different for different second timers, and the fourth threshold may also be different for different second timers.
  • the second timer fifth threshold may also be different.
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition related to DRX activation time (or DRX activation state).
  • DRX activation time or DRX activation state.
  • the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the terminal device is in the DRX activation state.
  • the length of time in the DRX activation state is called the DRX activation time.
  • the first information includes a sixth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the sixth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold. threshold.
  • the first information includes a seventh threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the seventh threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and the time interval from the end of the current DRX activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold.
  • the first information includes an eighth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the eighth threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and is a time interval away from the start time of the current DRX activation time. Less than or equal to the eighth threshold.
  • the network side can also configure preset conditions related to other factors, which will not be listed here.
  • Step 502 The terminal device determines whether to start the discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the preset conditions corresponding to each threshold.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device meets at least one of the preset conditions corresponding to the threshold value carried by the first information, the terminal device performs step 503a; when the terminal device does not meet all the preset conditions corresponding to the threshold value carried by the first information, the terminal device performs step 503a. 503b.
  • the terminal device determines whether to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer based on the preset condition corresponding to the aforementioned threshold. Taking the first information only including the first threshold as an example, if the location of the transmission resource meets the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold, the terminal device determines not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource, that is, the terminal The device will perform step 503a; if the location of the transmission resource does not meet the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold, the terminal device determines to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource, that is, the terminal device will perform step 503b.
  • the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold please refer to the relevant description in step 501 above, which will not be described again here.
  • the terminal determines whether to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer based on preset conditions corresponding to the multiple thresholds. When at least one of the foregoing multiple preset conditions is met, the terminal device determines not to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, that is, the terminal device will execute step 503a; when none of the foregoing multiple preset conditions are met, the terminal device Confirm to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, that is, the terminal device will execute step 503b.
  • the first information includes a third threshold and a fourth threshold.
  • the terminal device determines that the location of the transmission resource satisfies the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold and/or the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold, then the terminal device determines not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource. , that is, the terminal device will execute step 503a; if the location of the transmission resource does not meet the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold, and does not meet the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold, then the terminal device determines to start the transmission resource corresponding to drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, that is, the terminal device will execute step 503b.
  • Step 503a After the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, it starts the corresponding discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource, if the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out, the terminal device will start the drx-RetransmissionTimer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • Step 503b The terminal device does not start the corresponding discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device will not start the drx-RetransmissionTimer because the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out.
  • the starting status of each timer under the action of the first information is similar to the situation in the previous step 303a and step 303b, and will not be described again here.
  • the first timer is used to indicate the waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • step 501 the preset conditions introduced in step 501 can be replaced by any of the following implementation methods:
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the DRX cycle as a reference.
  • the first information includes a first threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is: the time interval between the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout moment and the start moment of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first information includes a second threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is: the time interval between the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout moment and the start moment of the current DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the second timer as a reference.
  • the second timer is a timer that enables the terminal device to be in a DRX activated state, that is, the terminal device is in a DRX activated state when the second timer is running.
  • the second timer may be any one of drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, and drx-RetransmissionTimerSL.
  • the first information includes a third threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout is from the start of the next second timer run by the terminal device.
  • the duration interval of the starting position is less than or equal to the third threshold.
  • the first information includes a fourth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the time between the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout and the second timer currently running on the terminal device is The duration interval of the end position is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the first information includes a fifth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is: the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout time is a distance from the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The duration interval of the starting position is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
  • the third threshold may be different for different second timers, and the fourth threshold may also be different for different second timers.
  • the second timer fifth threshold may also be different.
  • the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition related to DRX activation time (or DRX activation state).
  • drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer and drx-RetransmissionTimer for example, drx- During the operation of any timer among RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and drx-RetransmissionTimerSL), the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the length of time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state is called the DRX activation time.
  • the first information includes a sixth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the sixth threshold is: the time interval between the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout moment and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold.
  • the first information includes a seventh threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the seventh threshold is: the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout time is within the DRX activation time and is away from the end time of the current DRX activation time.
  • the duration interval is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold.
  • the first information includes an eighth threshold
  • the preset condition corresponding to the eighth threshold is: the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout moment is within the DRX activation time and is far from the start of the current DRX activation time.
  • the duration interval of moments is less than or equal to the eighth threshold.
  • the network side can also configure preset conditions related to other factors, which will not be listed here.
  • step 502 in Figure 5A can be replaced with step 502a as shown in Figure 5B
  • step 503a in Figure 5A can be replaced with step 503c as shown in Figure 5B
  • step 503b in Figure 5A can be replaced with as shown in Figure 5B Step 503d shown in 5B.
  • Step 502a The terminal device determines whether to start the discontinuous reception retransmission timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the preset condition corresponding to each threshold.
  • step 502a in FIG. 5B is similar to step 502 in FIG. 5A.
  • step 502a in FIG. 5B is similar to step 502 in FIG. 5A.
  • step 502 please refer to the relevant description of step 502 above.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device meets at least one of the preset conditions corresponding to the threshold value carried by the first information, the terminal device performs step 503c; when the terminal device does not meet all preset conditions corresponding to the threshold value carried by the first information, the terminal device performs step 503c. 503d.
  • Step 503c The terminal device starts the corresponding discontinuous reception retransmission timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device starts the drx-RetransmissionTimer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • Step 503d After performing data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device does not start the corresponding discontinuous reception retransmission timer.
  • the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the terminal device does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource. RetransmissionTimer.
  • FIG. 7 it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 70 provided in this embodiment. It should be understood that the terminal device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B may be based on the structure of the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 in this embodiment.
  • the communication device 70 includes at least one processor 701 , at least one memory 702 and at least one transceiver 703 . Among them, the processor 701, the memory 702 and the transceiver 703 are connected. Optionally, communication device 70 may also include an input device 705, an output device 706, and one or more antennas 704. Among them, the antenna 704 is connected to the transceiver 703, and the input device 705 and the output device 706 are connected to the processor 701.
  • the memory 702 is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the memory 702 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 701.
  • the memory 702 may be integrated with the processor 701, for example, integrated into one or more chips.
  • the memory 702 can store the program code for executing the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 701.
  • the various computer program codes executed can also be regarded as the driver of the processor 701.
  • FIG. 7 in this embodiment only shows one memory and one processor.
  • the communication device 70 may have multiple processors or multiple memories, which are not limited here.
  • the memory 702 may also be called a storage medium or a storage device.
  • the memory 702 may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor (ie, an on-chip storage element), or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver 703 can be used to support the reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the communication device 70 and the access network equipment, and the transceiver 703 can be connected to the antenna 704.
  • Transceiver 703 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.
  • one or more antennas 704 can receive radio frequency signals
  • the receiver Rx of the transceiver 703 is used to receive the radio frequency signals from the antennas 704 and convert the radio frequency signals into digital baseband signals or digital intermediate frequency signals, and convert the digital baseband signals into digital baseband signals.
  • the signal or digital intermediate frequency signal is provided to the processor 701 so that the processor 701 performs further processing on the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation processing and decoding processing.
  • the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 703 is also used to receive the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 701, and convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and pass it through a or Multiple antennas 704 transmit the radio frequency signals.
  • the receiver Rx can selectively perform one or more levels of down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing on the radio frequency signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal.
  • the sequence of the aforementioned down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing is The order is adjustable.
  • the transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more levels of upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a radio frequency signal.
  • the upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing The order is adjustable.
  • Digital baseband signals and digital intermediate frequency signals can be collectively referred to as digital signals.
  • the aforementioned transceiver 703 may also be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc.
  • the devices used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit can be regarded as the receiving unit
  • the devices used in the transceiver unit used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as the transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, and the receiving unit also It can be called a receiver, input port, receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit can be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the processor 701 may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the baseband processor and the CPU may be integrated together or separated.
  • the processor 701 can be used to implement various functions for the terminal device, for example, to process communication protocols and communication data, or to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of software programs; or to assist Complete computing processing tasks, such as graphics and image processing or audio processing, etc.; or the processor 701 is used to implement one or more of the above functions.
  • the output device 706 communicates with the processor 701 and can display information in a variety of ways, which are not limited here.
  • the communication device 70 is used to execute the method of the terminal device in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B.
  • the transceiver 703 in the communication device 70 is used to receive the first information.
  • the processor 701 is configured to determine whether to start the first timer based on the first information.
  • the processor 701 is also configured to not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource when it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information; or, When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission is performed on the transmission resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
  • the communication device 70 can decide whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource based on the first information, it does not have to start the first timer after completing the data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the timer is therefore beneficial to flexibly controlling the communication device 70 to start the first timer at an appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state.
  • the communication device 70 may not enter the DRX activation state. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the communication device 70 is in the DRX activation state and to save the power of the communication device 70. Consumption.
  • the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
  • the first information indicates a threshold
  • the threshold corresponds to a preset condition.
  • the processor 701 is specifically configured to determine not to start the first timer after data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met; wherein the preset condition satisfies the starting position of the transmission resource. Or the time interval between the end position and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or, the preset condition satisfies the start position or end position of the transmission resource and the distance between the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. The duration interval is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is far from the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device.
  • the time interval between the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is distanced from the start position/end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device.
  • the time interval of the location is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX
  • the time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
  • the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one Whether the transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
  • the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits Corresponding to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration, each bit is used to indicate whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  • the first timer in the communication device 70 may have the following various implementation modes:
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL.
  • the processor 701 is specifically configured to not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL; or, when the When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the processor 701 is specifically configured to not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL; or, when the When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL.
  • the processor 701 is specifically configured to not start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; or, when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL
  • drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is started when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the processor 701 is specifically configured to not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; or, when the first information indicates to start the drx- During RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is started when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
  • FIG. 8 it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 80 provided in this embodiment. It should be understood that the access network equipment in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B may be based on the structure of the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 in this embodiment.
  • the communication device 80 includes at least one processor 801 , at least one memory 802 , at least one transceiver 803 , at least one network interface 805 and one or more antennas 804 .
  • the processor 801, the memory 802, the transceiver 803 and the network interface 805 are connected through a connecting device, and the antenna 804 is connected to the transceiver 803.
  • the aforementioned connection device may include various interfaces, transmission lines or buses, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the memory 802 is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the memory 802 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 801.
  • the memory 802 may be integrated with the processor 801, for example, integrated into one or more chips.
  • the memory 802 can store the program code for executing the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 801.
  • the various computer program codes executed can also be regarded as the driver of the processor 801.
  • FIG. 8 in this embodiment only shows one memory and one processor.
  • the communication device 80 may have multiple processors or multiple memories, which are not limited here.
  • the memory 802 may also be called a storage medium or a storage device.
  • the memory 802 may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor (ie, an on-chip storage element), or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver 803 can be used to support the reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the communication device 80 and the terminal device, and the transceiver 803 can be connected to the antenna 804.
  • Transceiver 803 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.
  • one or more antennas 804 can receive radio frequency signals
  • the receiver Rx of the transceiver 803 is used to receive the radio frequency signals from the antennas 804 and convert the radio frequency signals into digital baseband signals or digital intermediate frequency signals, and convert the digital baseband signals into digital baseband signals.
  • the signal or digital intermediate frequency signal is provided to the processor 801, so that the processor 801 performs further processing on the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation processing and decoding processing.
  • the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 803 is also used to receive the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 801, and convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and pass it through a or Multiple antennas 804 transmit the radio frequency signals.
  • the receiver Rx can selectively perform one or more levels of down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing on the radio frequency signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal.
  • the aforementioned down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing The order of replacement processing is adjustable.
  • the transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more levels of upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a radio frequency signal.
  • the upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing The order is adjustable.
  • Digital baseband signals and digital intermediate frequency signals can be collectively referred to as digital signals.
  • the aforementioned transceiver 803 may also be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc.
  • the devices used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit can be regarded as the receiving unit
  • the devices used in the transceiver unit used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as the transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, and the receiving unit also It can be called a receiver, input port, receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit can be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the aforementioned processor 801 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire network equipment, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, to support the communication device 80 to execute what is described in the previous embodiments. Actions.
  • the communication device 80 may include a baseband processor and a central processor.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processor is mainly used to control the entire communication device 80, execute software programs, and process software. program data.
  • the processor 801 can integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors, interconnected through technologies such as buses.
  • the communication device 80 may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the communication device 80 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the communication device 80 may be configured through various bus connection.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing communication protocols and communication data can be built into the processor, or can be stored in the memory in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.
  • the aforementioned network interface 805 is used to connect the communication device 80 to other communication devices through communication links.
  • the network interface 805 may include a network interface between the communication device 80 and the core network element, such as the S1 interface; the network interface 805 may also include the communication device 80 and other network devices (such as other access network devices or core network devices). network interface between elements), such as X2 or Xn interface.
  • the communication device 80 is configured to perform the method in the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B.
  • the processor 801 is used to determine the first information.
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start a first timer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the retransmission schedule.
  • the transceiver 803 is used to send the first information.
  • the terminal device 80 can send the first information to the terminal device for determining whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device can decide whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource based on the first information. Start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, instead of starting the first timer after completing the data transmission on the transmission resource. Therefore, it is beneficial to flexibly control the terminal equipment to start the first timer at an appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state.
  • the terminal device does not need to enter the DRX activation state after receiving the first information. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and save the power of the terminal device. Consumption.
  • the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
  • the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not activated after data transmission on the transmission resource. start up.
  • the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the first information indicates a threshold
  • the threshold corresponds to a preset condition
  • the first information is used to determine whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met.
  • Start the first timer wherein the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the discontinuous reception DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or the preset timer Assume that the condition is met that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the time the terminal device exits the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than Or equal to the third threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource
  • the time interval between the start position/end position and the start position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX
  • the time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
  • the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one Whether the transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
  • the first information includes a second sequence
  • the second sequence includes at least one bit
  • each of the bits corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration
  • each of the bits is used for Indicates whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  • the first timer can be implemented in the following multiple ways:
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to send on the PUSCH resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after uplink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to receive on the PDSCH resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is not started after downlink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or , the first information is used by the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; the first information is used for the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, the first information Used for the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
  • this application also provides a device 90.
  • the device 90 may be a terminal device or an access network device, or may be a component (for example, an integrated circuit, a chip, etc.) of the terminal device or the access network device.
  • the device 90 may also be other communication modules used to implement the methods in the method embodiments of this application.
  • the device 90 may include a processing module 901 (also referred to as a processing unit).
  • a processing module 901 also referred to as a processing unit.
  • an interface module 902 (or a transceiver unit or a transceiver module) and a storage module 903 (or a storage unit) may also be included.
  • the interface module 902 is used to implement communication with other devices.
  • the interface module 902 may be, for example, a transceiver module or an input/output module.
  • one or more modules in Figure 9 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by one or more processors and memories; or by one or more processors and a transceiver; or may be implemented by one or more processors, memories, and transceivers, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor, memory, and transceiver can be set individually, or they can Integrated into one.
  • the device 90 has the function of implementing the terminal equipment described in the embodiments of this application.
  • the apparatus 90 includes modules or units or means (means) corresponding to the terminal equipment executing the steps involved in the terminal equipment described in the embodiments of this application.
  • the functions, units or means (means) can be implemented by software or hardware,
  • the corresponding software implementation can also be executed through hardware, or it can also be implemented through a combination of software and hardware.
  • the device 90 has the function of implementing the access network equipment described in the embodiments of this application.
  • the apparatus 90 includes modules or units or means (means) corresponding to the access network equipment performing the steps involved in the access network equipment described in the embodiments of this application.
  • the functions, units or means (means) can be implemented through software. , or it can be implemented through hardware, it can also be implemented through hardware to execute corresponding software, or it can also be implemented through a combination of software and hardware.
  • each module in the device 90 in the embodiment of the present application can be used to perform the method described in Figure 2, Figure 3A, Figure 3B, Figure 5A or Figure 5B in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the interface module 902 in the communication device 90 is used to receive the first information.
  • the processing module 901 is used to determine whether to start the first timer based on the first information.
  • the processing module 901 is also configured to not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource when it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information; or, When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission is performed on the transmission resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
  • the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
  • the first information indicates a threshold
  • the threshold corresponds to a preset condition.
  • the processing module 901 is specifically configured to determine not to start the first timer after data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met; wherein the preset condition satisfies the starting position of the transmission resource. Or the time interval between the end position and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or, the preset condition satisfies the start position or end position of the transmission resource and the distance between the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. The duration interval is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is far from the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device.
  • the time interval between the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is distanced from the start position/end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device.
  • the time interval of the location is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX
  • the time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
  • the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one Whether the transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
  • the first information includes a second sequence
  • the second sequence includes at least one bit
  • each of the bits corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration
  • each of the bits is used for Indicates whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  • the first timer in the communication device 90 may have the following various implementation modes:
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ- RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL.
  • the processing module 901 is specifically configured to not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL; or, when the When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the processing module 901 is specifically configured to not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL; or, when the When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL.
  • the processing module 901 is specifically configured to not start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; or, when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL When instructed to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is started when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the processing module 901 is specifically configured to not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; or, when the first information indicates to start the drx- During RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is started when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
  • the communication device 90 executes the method corresponding to the access network device, the communication device 90
  • the processing module 901 is used to determine the first information.
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the minimum interval of receiving the retransmission schedule. Maximum waiting time.
  • the interface module 902 is used to send the first information.
  • the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
  • the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not activated after data transmission on the transmission resource. start up.
  • the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission on the transmission resource.
  • the first information indicates a threshold
  • the threshold corresponds to a preset condition
  • the first information is used to determine whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met.
  • Start the first timer wherein the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the discontinuous reception DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or the preset timer Assume that the condition is met that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the time the terminal device exits the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is far from the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device.
  • the time interval between the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is distanced from the start position/end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device.
  • the time interval of the location is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
  • the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX
  • the time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
  • the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one Whether the transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
  • the first information includes a second sequence
  • the second sequence includes at least one bit
  • each of the bits corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration
  • each of the bits is used for Indicates whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  • the first timer can be implemented in the following multiple ways:
  • the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to send on the PUSCH resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after uplink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
  • the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource
  • the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL
  • the first information is used by the terminal device to receive on the PDSCH resource.
  • the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is not started after downlink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
  • the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or , the first information is used by the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
  • the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; the first information is used for the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, the first information Used for the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, which includes one or more computer instructions.
  • processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the method related to the terminal device in the aforementioned Figure 2, Figure 3A, Figure 3B, Figure 5A or Figure 5B is implemented.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g. , coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that a computer can store, or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (for example, floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (for example, digital versatile disc (DVD)), or semiconductor media (for example, solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • this application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program is executed by the processor to implement the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • each of the above method embodiments can be implemented individually or in combination. Terms and related technologies involved in various embodiments may be referred to each other. That is to say, technical solutions that are not inconsistent or logically conflicting between different embodiments can be combined with each other, and are not specifically limited in this application.

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a communication method and a communication apparatus. In the method, a terminal device can receive first information, which is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start a first timer, and then on the basis of the first information, the terminal device makes a decision regarding whether to start the first timer corresponding to a transmission resource after data transmission is performed on the transmission resource, instead of necessarily starting the first timer after data transmission is completed on the transmission resource. Therefore, the method is conducive to flexibly controlling the terminal device to start the first timer at an appropriate occasion, so as to enter a discontinuous reception (DRX) active state. In addition, when the terminal device determines, on the basis of the first information, not to start the first timer, the terminal device may not enter the DRX active state. Therefore, the method is conducive to shortening the duration within which the terminal device is in the DRX active state, and reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.

Description

一种通信方法以及通信装置A communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年07月08日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210800216.0、发明名称为“一种通信方法以及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on July 8, 2022, with the application number 202210800216.0 and the invention title "A communication method and communication device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. .
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法以及通信装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信系统中,为了保证数据能够有效传输且节省终端设备的功耗,引入了一种非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)机制来控制终端设备监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的行为。配置了DRX的终端设备能够在需要监听PDCCH或重传调度时进入DRX激活状态,在不需要监听PDCCH或重传调度时进入DRX休眠状态,使终端设备达到节省功耗的目的。In wireless communication systems, in order to ensure that data can be transmitted effectively and save the power consumption of terminal equipment, a discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism is introduced to control the terminal equipment to monitor the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) )the behavior of. Terminal equipment configured with DRX can enter the DRX activation state when it needs to monitor PDCCH or retransmission scheduling, and enter the DRX sleep state when it does not need to monitor PDCCH or retransmission scheduling, so that the terminal equipment can achieve the purpose of saving power consumption.
在目前的DRX机制中,终端设备在某个传输资源上进行新传之后,为了防止数据传输失败,该终端设备在网络侧配置的最小重传调度间隔之后,会启动非连续接收重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimer)而进入DRX激活状态,以使得该终端设备能够在DRX激活状态下接收对前述数据的重传调度。In the current DRX mechanism, after a terminal device performs a new transmission on a certain transmission resource, in order to prevent data transmission failure, the terminal device will start the discontinuous reception retransmission timer after the minimum retransmission scheduling interval configured on the network side. (drx-RetransmissionTimer) to enter the DRX activation state, so that the terminal device can receive the retransmission schedule for the aforementioned data in the DRX activation state.
然而,在实际应用中,并非每次新传都会产生传输失败,因此,启动drx-RetransmissionTimer而进入DRX激活状态会导致终端设备造成不必要的功耗,降低终端设备的节能效果。因此,目前的DRX机制需要进一步研究。However, in actual applications, not every new transmission will cause a transmission failure. Therefore, starting drx-RetransmissionTimer and entering the DRX activation state will cause unnecessary power consumption of the terminal device and reduce the energy-saving effect of the terminal device. Therefore, the current DRX mechanism requires further research.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种通信方法以及通信装置,用于缩短终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,有利于节省终端设备功耗。The present application provides a communication method and communication device, which are used to shorten the time the terminal equipment is in the DRX activation state, which is beneficial to saving the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该通信方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)执行。以终端设备为例,在该方法中,终端设备能够接收第一信息,该第一信息用于终端设备确定是否启动第一定时器,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。然后,终端设备基于第一信息确定是否启动第一定时器。当终端设备基于该第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,该终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器;当终端设备基于该第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,该终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输后启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器。In the first aspect, this application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal device or by components of the terminal device (for example, components such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system). Taking the terminal device as an example, in this method, the terminal device can receive first information. The first information is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start a first timer. The duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling or The maximum waiting time for receiving retransmission schedule. Then, the terminal device determines whether to start the first timer based on the first information. When the terminal device determines not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the terminal device does not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource; when the terminal device determines not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on When the first information determines to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device starts the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
本申请中,由于终端设备能够基于第一信息决策在传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器,而不是在该传输资源上完成数据传输之后必须启动第一定时器,因此,有利于灵活控制终端设备在合适的时机启动第一定时器而进入DRX激活状态。此外,当终端设备基于第一信息确定不启动第一定时器,终端设备可以不进入DRX激活状态,因此,有利于缩短终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,有利于节省终端设备功耗。In this application, because the terminal device can decide whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource based on the first information, it does not have to start the first timer after completing the data transmission on the transmission resource. , Therefore, it is beneficial to flexibly control the terminal equipment to start the first timer at an appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state. In addition, when the terminal device determines not to start the first timer based on the first information, the terminal device may not enter the DRX activation state. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and to save the power consumption of the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息指示阈值,该阈值对应预设条件。当终端设备基于该第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,该终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器,包括:当满足至少一个预设条件时,确定在传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该第一定时器。In a possible implementation, the first information indicates a threshold, and the threshold corresponds to a preset condition. When the terminal device determines not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the terminal device does not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource, including: when When at least one preset condition is determined, the first timer is not started after data transmission on the transmission resource.
可选的,该预设条件满足所述传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于阈值。Optionally, the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to a threshold.
本示例中,由于,终端设备处于DRX激活状态时能够进行重传调度,因此,若传输资源的结束位置距离终端设备下一次进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔较短,则即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一次进入DRX激活状态时进行重传调度。In this example, since the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX active state, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the next time the terminal device enters the DRX active state, even if the terminal device is in the current transmission If the data transmitted on the resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device will also have the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling when it enters the DRX activation state next time.
可选的,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX 激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于阈值。Optionally, the preset condition satisfies the start position or end position of the transmission resource and the terminal device exits DRX within the current DRX cycle. The duration interval of the activation state is greater than or equal to the threshold.
本示例中,由于,终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输时终端设备处于DRX激活状态,并且,传输资源的结束位置距离终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔较长,说明终端设备还将有较长时间一直处于DRX激活状态。因此,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, since the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when transmitting data on this transmission resource, and the end position of the transmission resource is far from the end of the transmission resource when the terminal device exits the DRX activation state, it means that the terminal device will have DRX has been activated for a long time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是以DRX周期为参考的条件。In a possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the DRX cycle as a reference.
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第一阈值,该第一阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值。可选的,第一阈值小于该传输资源传输的业务的PDB。In a possible example, the first information includes a first threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold. . Optionally, the first threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
本示例中,由于DRX周期的起始时刻之后的较短时间内(例如,DRX周期的起始时刻之后的一个时隙内)终端设备会启动非连续接收的持续定时器(drx-onDurationTimer),在drx-onDurationTimer运行期间终端设备处于DRX激活状态且能够进行重传调度。因此,若传输资源的结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻较短(例如,小于第一阈值),则即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个DRX周期中的DRX激活时间内进行重传调度。进一步地,若第一阈值小于该传输资源传输的业务的PDB,则在保证传输失败的数据有机会进行重传调度的同时,还能够保证重传的数据满足PDB要求而不会影响业务的正常运行。In this example, since the terminal device will start the discontinuous reception duration timer (drx-onDurationTimer) within a short period of time after the start time of the DRX cycle (for example, within one time slot after the start time of the DRX cycle), While drx-onDurationTimer is running, the terminal device is in the DRX activated state and can perform retransmission scheduling. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start time of the next DRX cycle (for example, less than the first threshold), even if the terminal device fails to transmit the data transmitted on the current transmission resource, the terminal device still has The opportunity is to perform retransmission scheduling within the DRX activation time in the next DRX cycle. Further, if the first threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource, while ensuring that the data that failed to be transmitted has the opportunity to be retransmitted, it can also ensure that the retransmitted data meets the PDB requirements without affecting the normality of the service. run.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第二阈值,该第二阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。可选的,第二阈值小于该传输资源传输的业务的PDB。In another possible example, the first information includes a second threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the current DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second threshold. . Optionally, the second threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
本示例中,由于DRX周期的起始时刻之后的较短时间内(例如,DRX周期的起始时刻之后的一个时隙内)终端设备会启动drx-onDurationTimer,在drx-onDurationTimer运行期间终端设备处于DRX激活状态且能够进行重传调度。因此,若传输资源的结束位置距离当前的DRX周期的起始时刻较短(例如,小于第二阈值),则终端设备可能正处于DRX周期中的drx-onDurationTimer运行期间内。此时,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, since the terminal device will start drx-onDurationTimer within a short period of time after the start time of the DRX cycle (for example, within a time slot after the start time of the DRX cycle), the terminal device is in DRX is active and can perform retransmission scheduling. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start time of the current DRX cycle (for example, less than the second threshold), the terminal device may be in the drx-onDurationTimer running period in the DRX cycle. At this time, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是以第二定时器为参考的条件。其中,第二定时器是能让终端设备处于DRX激活状态的定时器,即该第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。例如,该第二定时器可以是drx-onDurationTimer、非连续接收的激活定时器(drx-InactivityTimer)、上行非连续接收重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)、下行非连续接收重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimerDL)以及侧行链路非连续接收重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimerSL)中的任意一项。In another possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the second timer as a reference. The second timer is a timer that enables the terminal device to be in a DRX activated state, that is, the terminal device is in a DRX activated state when the second timer is running. For example, the second timer may be drx-onDurationTimer, discontinuous reception activation timer (drx-InactivityTimer), uplink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerUL), downlink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx -RetransmissionTimerDL) and any of the sidelink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerSL).
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第三阈值,该第三阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值。In a possible example, the first information includes a third threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the length of time between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device. The interval is less than or equal to the third threshold.
本示例中,由于终端设备在第二定时器的运行期间处于DRX激活状态,并且,终端设备处于DRX激活状态时能够进行重传调度。因此,若传输资源的结束位置距离下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置较短(例如,小于第三阈值),则即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个第二定时器运行的时段内进行重传调度。In this example, because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start position of the next running second timer (for example, less than the third threshold), even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, The terminal device also has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling in the next period when the second timer runs.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第四阈值,该第四阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a fourth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the length of time between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The interval is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
本示例中,由于终端设备在第二定时器的运行期间处于DRX激活状态,并且,终端设备处于DRX激活状态时能够进行重传调度。因此,若终端设备当前处于第二定时器的运行期间,并且,传输资源的结束位置距离当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔较长(例如,该时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值),说明终端设备的第二定时器还将运行一段时间,此时,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在当前的第二定时器运行的时段内的另一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the terminal device is currently in the running period of the second timer, and the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the currently running second timer is longer (for example, the time interval is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold), indicating that the second timer of the terminal device will still run for a period of time. At this time, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device will still have the opportunity to run the current second timer. Perform retransmission scheduling on another transmission resource within the period.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第五阈值,该第五阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a fifth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is a distance from the start position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The duration interval is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
本示例中,由于终端设备在第二定时器的运行期间处于DRX激活状态,并且,终端设备处于DRX激 活状态时能够进行重传调度。因此,若终端设备当前处于第二定时器的运行期间,并且,传输资源的结束位置距离当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔较短(例如,该时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值),说明终端设备刚开始运行第二定时器,并且,第二定时器可能持续运行一段时长。因此,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在当前的第二定时器运行的时段内的另一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, since the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device is in the DRX activated state, Retransmission scheduling can be performed when in the active state. Therefore, if the terminal device is currently in the running period of the second timer, and the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the currently running second timer is shorter (for example, the time interval is less than or equal to the Five thresholds), indicating that the terminal device has just started running the second timer, and the second timer may continue to run for a period of time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on another transmission resource within the current period of the second timer running.
应注意,在实际应用中,当第二定时器采用不同的实施方式时,针对不同的第二定时器第三阈值可能不同,针对不同的第二定时器第四阈值也可能不同,针对不同的第二定时器第五阈值也可能不同。It should be noted that in practical applications, when the second timer adopts different implementations, the third threshold may be different for different second timers, and the fourth threshold may also be different for different second timers. The second timer fifth threshold may also be different.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是DRX激活时间(或DRX激活状态)相关的条件。其中,在drx-onDurationTimer、drx-InactivityTimer以及drx-RetransmissionTimer(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL以及drx-RetransmissionTimerSL)中任意一种定时器运行的过程中,终端设备处于DRX激活状态,该终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长被称为DRX激活时间。In another possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition related to DRX activation time (or DRX activation state). Among them, during the operation of any timer in drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer, and drx-RetransmissionTimer (for example, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, and drx-RetransmissionTimerSL), the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the terminal device is in the DRX activation state. The length of time in the DRX activation state is called the DRX activation time.
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第六阈值,该第六阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值。In a possible example, the first information includes a sixth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the sixth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold. threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第七阈值,该第七阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a seventh threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the seventh threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and the time interval from the end of the current DRX activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第八阈值,该第八阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes an eighth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the eighth threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and is a time interval away from the start time of the current DRX activation time. Less than or equal to the eighth threshold.
需要说明的是,前述任意一个预设条件中的“传输资源的结束位置”可以替换为“传输资源的起始位置”,每个预设条件对应的阈值的取值也会发生变化。It should be noted that the "end position of the transmission resource" in any of the aforementioned preset conditions can be replaced by "the starting position of the transmission resource", and the value of the threshold corresponding to each preset condition will also change.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息可以包括至少一个字符。每个字符对应至少一个传输资源,用于指示终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器;或者,每个字符对应至少一个混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)进程,用于指示终端设备在HARQ进程关联的传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该HARQ进程对应的第一定时器。In a possible implementation, the first information may include at least one character. Each character corresponds to at least one transmission resource and is used to instruct the terminal device whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource; or, each character corresponds to at least one hybrid automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat request). automatic repeat request (HARQ) process, used to instruct the terminal device whether to start the first timer corresponding to the HARQ process after data transmission on the transmission resource associated with the HARQ process.
可选的,该第一信息包括第一序列,该第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个该比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。本示例中,通过每个比特在比特序列中的位置隐式地指示每个比特对应哪些传输资源,有利于控制第一信息的大小,进而降低携带第一信息的信令开销。Optionally, the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate that the corresponding at least one transmission resource is performing data transmission. Whether to start the first timer later. In this example, the position of each bit in the bit sequence implicitly indicates which transmission resources each bit corresponds to, which is beneficial to controlling the size of the first information, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of carrying the first information.
可选的,该第一信息包括第二序列,该第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与传输资源配置关联的至少一个HARQ进程对应,每个该比特用于指示至少一个HARQ进程在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。本示例中,通过每个比特在比特序列中的位置隐式地指示每个比特对应哪些HARQ进程,有利于控制第一信息的大小,进而降低携带第一信息的信令开销。Optionally, the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration, and each bit is used to indicate at least one HARQ process in Whether to start the first timer after data transmission on the associated transmission resource. In this example, the position of each bit in the bit sequence implicitly indicates which HARQ process each bit corresponds to, which is beneficial to controlling the size of the first information, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of carrying the first information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
示例性的,在上行传输过程中,该传输资源为物理层上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。For example, during the uplink transmission process, the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL.
当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,该终端设备在PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,该终端设备在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。When the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, the terminal device does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource; or when the first information indicates to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL When drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is used, the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
示例性的,在下行传输过程中,该传输资源为物理层下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。For example, during downlink transmission, the transmission resource is a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,该终端设备在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,该终端设备在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。When the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the terminal equipment does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource; or, when the first information indicates to start When the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is used, the terminal equipment starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In another possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
示例性的,在上行传输过程中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。 For example, during uplink transmission, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL.
当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。When the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, do not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or, when the first information indicates to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, Start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
示例性的,在下行传输过程中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;For example, during downlink transmission, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;
当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。When the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is not started when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, when the first information indicates to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, when drx-HARQ- Start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when RTT-TimerDL times out.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息携带于该传输资源对应的传输资源配置中;或者,该第一信息携带于用于激活该传输资源的激活下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中。In a possible implementation, the first information is carried in a transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in activation downlink control information (DCI) used to activate the transmission resource. )middle.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该通信方法可以由接入网设备执行,也可以由接入网设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)执行。以接入网设备为例,在该方法中,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示是否启动传输资源对应的第一定时器,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。In the second aspect, this application provides a communication method, which can be executed by an access network device or by a component of the access network device (for example, a processor, a chip or a chip system, etc.). Taking the access network device as an example, in this method, the access network device sends first information to the terminal device. The first information is used to indicate whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource. The duration of the first timer The minimum interval for scheduled retransmissions or the maximum waiting time for receiving retransmissions scheduled.
本申请中,由于接入网设备能够向终端设备发送用于确定是否启动传输资源对应的第一定时器的第一信息,因此终端设备能够基于第一信息决策在传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器,而不是在该传输资源上完成数据传输之后必须启动第一定时器。因此,有利于灵活控制终端设备在合适的时机启动第一定时器而进入DRX激活状态。此外,当第一信息指示不启动第一定时器,终端设备在收到第一信息后可以不进入DRX激活状态,因此,有利于缩短终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,有利于节省终端设备功耗。In this application, since the access network device can send the first information to the terminal device for determining whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device can decide whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource based on the first information. Start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, instead of starting the first timer after completing the data transmission on the transmission resource. Therefore, it is beneficial to flexibly control the terminal equipment to start the first timer at an appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state. In addition, when the first information indicates not to start the first timer, the terminal device does not need to enter the DRX activation state after receiving the first information. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and save the power of the terminal device. Consumption.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当该第一信息指示不启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器时;该传输资源对应的该第一定时器在该传输资源上的数据传输后不被启动。In a possible implementation, when the first information indicates not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource; the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not activated after data transmission on the transmission resource. start up.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当该第一信息指示启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器时;该传输资源对应的该第一定时器在该传输资源上的数据传输后被启动。In a possible implementation, when the first information indicates starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource; the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission on the transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息指示阈值,该阈值对应预设条件,该第一信息用于在满足至少一个该预设条件时,确定在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该第一定时器;其中,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入非连续接收DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于阈值,和/或,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于阈值。In a possible implementation, the first information indicates a threshold, the threshold corresponds to a preset condition, and the first information is used to determine whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met. Start the first timer; wherein the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the discontinuous reception DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or the preset timer Assume that the condition is met that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the time the terminal device exits the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the threshold.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In a possible implementation, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In a possible implementation, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值;其中,该第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is far from the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device. The time interval between the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is distanced from the start position/end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The time interval of the location is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In a possible implementation, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX The time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第一序列,该第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个该比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。 In a possible implementation, the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one transmission. Whether the resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第二序列,该第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与传输资源配置关联的至少一个HARQ进程对应,每个该比特用于指示至少一个HARQ进程在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In a possible implementation, the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration, and each of the bits is used to indicate Whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device to send on the PUSCH resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after uplink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL; the first information is used by the terminal device to receive on the PDSCH resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is not started after downlink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or , the first information is used by the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; the first information is used for the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, the first information Used for the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息携带于该传输资源对应的传输资源配置中;或者,该第一信息携带于用于激活该传输资源的激活下行控制信息DCI中。In a possible implementation, the first information is carried in a transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
需要说明的是,本方面的具体实施方式和有益效果与前文第一方面中的部分实施方式类似,具体可参见第一方面的具体实施方式和其有益效果,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation manners and beneficial effects of this aspect are similar to some of the foregoing implementation methods of the first aspect. For details, please refer to the specific implementation manners and beneficial effects of the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)。该通信装置包括:收发模块和处理模块。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device or a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip or a chip system, etc.). The communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
其中,收发模块,用于接收第一信息。处理模块,用于基于第一信息确定是否启动第一定时器。该处理模块,还用于当基于该第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器;或者,当基于该第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在该传输资源上进行数据传输后启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器。其中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。Wherein, the transceiver module is used to receive the first information. A processing module configured to determine whether to start the first timer based on the first information. The processing module is also configured to not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource when it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information; or, When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission is performed on the transmission resource. The duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
需要说明的是,本方面的具体实施方式和有益效果与前文第一方面中的部分实施方式类似,具体可参见第一方面的具体实施方式和其有益效果,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation manners and beneficial effects of this aspect are similar to some of the foregoing implementation methods of the first aspect. For details, please refer to the specific implementation manners and beneficial effects of the first aspect, and will not be described again here.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是接入网设备,也可以是接入网设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)。该通信装置包括:收发模块和处理模块。In the fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a component of the access network device (for example, a processor, a chip or a chip system, etc.). The communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
其中,处理模块,用于生成第一信息,该第一信息用于终端设备确定是否启动传输资源对应的第一定时器,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长;收发模块,用于发送第一信息。Wherein, the processing module is used to generate first information. The first information is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start a first timer corresponding to the transmission resource. The duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling or receiving retransmission. The maximum waiting time for scheduling; the transceiver module is used to send the first information.
需要说明的是,本方面的具体实施方式和有益效果与前文第二方面中的部分实施方式类似,具体可参见第二方面的具体实施方式和其有益效果,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation manners and beneficial effects of this aspect are similar to some of the foregoing implementation methods of the second aspect. For details, please refer to the specific implementation manners and beneficial effects of the second aspect, and will not be described again here.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,通信装置可以是前述实施方式中的终端设备,也可以是终端设备内的芯片。通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。当通信装置是终端设备时,处理模块可以是处理器,收发模块可以是收发器;终端设备还可以包括存储模块,存储模块可以是存储器;存储模块用于存储指令,处理模块执行存储模块所存储的指令,以使终端设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种实施方式中的方法;或者,执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种实施方式中的方法。当通信装置是终端设备内的 芯片时,处理模块可以是处理器,收发模块可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等;处理模块执行存储模块所存储的指令,以使终端设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种实施方式中的方法;或者,执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种实施方式中的方法。存储模块可以是芯片内的存储模块(例如,寄存器、缓存等),也可以是终端设备内的位于芯片外部的存储模块(例如,只读存储器、随机存取存储器等)。In the fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device. The communication device may be the terminal device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a chip in the terminal device. The communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. When the communication device is a terminal device, the processing module can be a processor, and the transceiver module can be a transceiver; the terminal device can also include a storage module, and the storage module can be a memory; the storage module is used to store instructions, and the processing module executes what is stored in the storage module. instructions, so that the terminal device performs the method in the first aspect or any implementation of the first aspect; or, performs the method in the first aspect or any implementation of the first aspect. When the communication device is within the terminal equipment When a chip is used, the processing module may be a processor, and the transceiver module may be an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.; the processing module executes the instructions stored in the storage module, so that the terminal device executes the first aspect or any one of the first aspects. The method in one embodiment; or, perform the method in the first aspect or any embodiment of the first aspect. The storage module may be a storage module within the chip (eg, register, cache, etc.), or may be a storage module located outside the chip in the terminal device (eg, read-only memory, random access memory, etc.).
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,通信装置可以是前述实施方式中的接入网设备,也可以是接入网设备内的芯片。通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。当通信装置是接入网设备时,处理模块可以是处理器,收发模块可以是收发器;接入网设备还可以包括存储模块,存储模块可以是存储器;存储模块用于存储指令,处理模块执行存储模块所存储的指令,以使接入网设备执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种实施方式中的方法。当通信装置是接入网设备内的芯片时,处理模块可以是处理器,收发模块可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等;处理模块执行存储模块所存储的指令,以使接入网设备执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种实施方式中的方法。存储模块可以是芯片内的存储模块(例如,寄存器、缓存等),也可以是接入网设备内的位于芯片外部的存储模块(例如,只读存储器、随机存取存储器等)。In the sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device. The communication device may be the access network device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a chip in the access network device. The communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. When the communication device is an access network device, the processing module can be a processor, and the transceiver module can be a transceiver; the access network device can also include a storage module, and the storage module can be a memory; the storage module is used to store instructions, and the processing module executes The instructions stored in the storage module are used to cause the access network device to execute the method in the second aspect or any implementation manner of the second aspect. When the communication device is a chip in the access network equipment, the processing module can be a processor, and the transceiver module can be an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.; the processing module executes the instructions stored in the storage module, so that the access network The device performs the method in the second aspect or any implementation manner of the second aspect. The storage module may be a storage module within the chip (eg, register, cache, etc.), or it may be a storage module located outside the chip in the access network device (eg, read-only memory, random access memory, etc.).
第七方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,装置可以是集成电路芯片。集成电路芯片包括处理器。处理器与存储器耦合,存储器用于存储程序或指令,当程序或指令被处理器执行时,使得通信装置执行如前述各个方面的中的任一种实施方式所介绍的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be an integrated circuit chip. Integrated circuit chips include processors. The processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store programs or instructions. When the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, the communication device performs the method described in any one of the embodiments of the foregoing aspects.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如前述各个方面中的任一种实施方式所介绍的方法。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in any one of the embodiments of the foregoing aspects.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当指令在计算机上运行时,以使得计算机执行如前各个方面中的任一种实施方式所介绍的方法。In a ninth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, which includes instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the method described in any of the embodiments of the previous aspects.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,通信系统包括执行前述第一方面以及第一方面的任一种实施方式中的终端设备,以及,执行前述第二方面以及第二方面的任一种实施方式中的接入网设备。In a tenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication system. The communication system includes a terminal device that performs the foregoing first aspect and any one of the embodiments of the first aspect, and a terminal device that performs the foregoing second aspect and the second aspect. Access network equipment in any embodiment.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the drawings needed to be used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present application.
图1A为DRX周期的一个示例图;Figure 1A is an example diagram of the DRX cycle;
图1B为下行传输涉及的定时器的一个示例图;Figure 1B is an example diagram of a timer involved in downlink transmission;
图1C为下行传输涉及的定时器的另一个示例图;Figure 1C is another example diagram of a timer involved in downlink transmission;
图1D为上行传输涉及的定时器的一个示例图;Figure 1D is an example diagram of a timer involved in uplink transmission;
图1E为传统技术中终端设备的DRX状态的一个示例图;Figure 1E is an example diagram of the DRX state of a terminal device in traditional technology;
图2为本申请中通信方法的一个流程图;Figure 2 is a flow chart of the communication method in this application;
图3A为本申请中通信方法的一个流程图;Figure 3A is a flow chart of the communication method in this application;
图3B为本申请中通信方法的另一个流程图;Figure 3B is another flow chart of the communication method in this application;
图4A为在第一信息的作用下终端设备的DRX状态的一个示例图;Figure 4A is an example diagram of the DRX state of the terminal device under the action of the first information;
图4B为在第一信息的作用下终端设备的DRX状态的另一个示例图;Figure 4B is another example diagram of the DRX state of the terminal device under the action of the first information;
图4C为在第一信息的作用下终端设备的DRX状态的另一个示例图;Figure 4C is another example diagram of the DRX state of the terminal device under the action of the first information;
图4D为在第一信息的作用下终端设备的DRX状态的另一个示例图;Figure 4D is another example diagram of the DRX state of the terminal device under the action of the first information;
图5A为本申请中通信方法的一个流程图;Figure 5A is a flow chart of the communication method in this application;
图5B为本申请中通信方法的另一个流程图;Figure 5B is another flow chart of the communication method in this application;
图6A为本申请中预设条件的一个示例图;Figure 6A is an example diagram of the preset conditions in this application;
图6B为本申请中预设条件的另一个示例图;Figure 6B is another example diagram of the preset conditions in this application;
图6C为本申请中预设条件的另一个示例图;Figure 6C is another example diagram of the preset conditions in this application;
图7为本申请中通信装置的一个实施例示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the communication device in this application;
图8为本申请中通信装置的另一个实施例示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication device in this application;
图9为本申请中通信装置的另一个实施例示意图。 Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication device in this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all of the embodiments.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third", "fourth", etc. (if present) in the description and claims of this application and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish similar objects without necessarily using Used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments described herein can be practiced in other sequences than illustrated or described herein. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions, e.g., a process, method, system, product, or apparatus that encompasses a series of steps or units and need not be limited to those explicitly listed. Those steps or elements may instead include other steps or elements not expressly listed or inherent to the process, method, product or apparatus.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. , there are three situations of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
为便于理解,下面先对本申请提出的通信方法的系统架构和应用场景进行介绍:For ease of understanding, the system architecture and application scenarios of the communication method proposed in this application are first introduced below:
本申请提出的通信方法可以应用于第五代移动网络(5th generation mobile networks,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统、第六代的移动通信技术(the 6th generation mobile communication technology,6G)系统以及后续演进制式中,本申请对此不作限定。通信系统包括终端设备和网络设备。其中,网络设备可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备。The communication method proposed in this application can be applied to the fifth generation mobile networks (5th generation mobile networks, 5G) new radio (NR) system, the sixth generation mobile communication technology (the 6th generation mobile communication technology, 6G) system and subsequent evolved formats, this application does not limit this. Communication systems include terminal equipment and network equipment. The network equipment may include access network equipment or core network equipment.
其中,终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。例如,可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网(例如,5G核心网(5th generationcore,5GC))进行通信,可以与RAN交换语音和/或数据。终端设备也可以被称为终端(Terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)设备、用户单元(subscriber unit)、用户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station,MS)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。此外,终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、扩展现实(extended reality,XR)业务终端、云游戏(cloud gaming,CG)业务终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。应理解,本申请中的终端设备的全部或部分功能也可以通过在硬件上运行的软件功能来实现,或者通过平台(例如云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能来实现。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。本申请中的终端设备可以是上述任意一种设备或芯片,具体此处不做限定。无论作为设备还是作为芯片,终端设备都可以作为独立的产品进行制造、销售或者使用。在本实施例以及后续实施例中,以终端设备为例进行介绍。Among them, terminal equipment includes equipment that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users. For example, this may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with the core network (for example, 5G core network (5th generationcore, 5GC)) via the radio access network (RAN), and can exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. Terminal equipment can also be called terminal (Terminal), user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal (MT) equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile Station (mobile station, MS), mobile station (mobile), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal Device (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user device (user device), etc. In addition, the terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, virtual reality (VR) device, augmented reality (AR) device, extended reality (extended reality) , XR) business terminal, cloud gaming (CG) business terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminal in self-driving (self-driving), remote medical surgery (remote medical surgery) Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, etc. It should be understood that all or part of the functions of the terminal device in this application can also be implemented through software functions running on hardware, or through virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (such as a cloud platform). The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the terminal equipment. The terminal device in this application can be any of the above-mentioned devices or chips, and there is no specific limitation here. Whether as equipment or as chips, terminal equipment can be manufactured, sold or used as independent products. In this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, a terminal device is taken as an example for introduction.
接入网设备,可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以用于负责空中接口相关的功能,例如,无线链路维护功能、无线资源管理功能、部分移动性管理功能。此外,接入网设备还可以配置有基带单元(base band unit,BBU),具备基带信号处理功能。示例性的,接入网设备可以是当前为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备(radio access network,RAN)。目前,接入网设备的一些常见示例为:节点B(Node B,NB)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、5G新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)、6G系统中的节点(例如,xNodeB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,家庭演进节点(home evolved NodeB)或家庭节点(home Node B,HNB))等。此外,在云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)或开放式接入网(open radio access network,ORAN)等网络结构中,接入网设备可以是包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)(也被称为控制单元)和/或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)的设 备。其中,包括CU和DU的RAN设备将NR系统中gNB的协议层拆分开,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU。应理解,本申请中的接入网设备的全部或部分功能也可以通过在硬件上运行的软件功能来实现,或者通过平台(例如云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能来实现。本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是上述任意一种设备或上述设备中的芯片,具体此处不做限定。无论作为设备还是作为芯片,接入网设备都可以作为独立的产品进行制造、销售或者使用。在本实施例以及后续实施例中,以接入网设备为例进行介绍。The access network device can be any device with wireless transceiver functions and can be used to be responsible for air interface-related functions, such as wireless link maintenance functions, wireless resource management functions, and some mobility management functions. In addition, the access network equipment can also be configured with a base band unit (BBU), which has baseband signal processing functions. For example, the access network device may be an access network device (radio access network, RAN) that currently provides services to the terminal device. Currently, some common examples of access network equipment are: Node B (Node B, NB), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), and next-generation Node B (Node B) in 5G new radio (new radio, NR) systems. next generation node B, gNB), nodes in the 6G system (for example, xNodeB), transmission reception point (TRP), radio network controller (RNC), base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved node (home evolved NodeB) or home node (home Node B, HNB)), etc. In addition, in network structures such as cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) or open radio access network (ORAN), the access network equipment may include a centralized unit (CU) (also called control unit) and/or distributed unit (DU) Prepare. Among them, the RAN equipment including CU and DU separates the protocol layer of gNB in the NR system. Some protocol layer functions are centralized controlled by the CU, and the remaining part or all protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU and centrally controlled by the CU. DU. It should be understood that all or part of the functions of the access network equipment in this application can also be implemented through software functions running on hardware, or through virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (such as a cloud platform). The access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any of the above devices or a chip in the above device, and is not specifically limited here. Whether as equipment or chips, access network equipment can be manufactured, sold or used as independent products. In this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, access network equipment is taken as an example for introduction.
核心网设备,是指为终端设备提供业务支持的核心网(core network,CN)中的设备。目前,核心网设备的一些常见示例为:接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)实体、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)实体、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)实体等等,此处不一一列举。其中,AMF实体可以负责终端设备的接入管理和移动性管理;SMF实体可以负责会话管理,如用户的会话建立等;UPF实体可以是用户面的功能实体,主要负责连接外部网络。需要说明的是,本申请中实体也可以称为网元或功能实体。例如,AMF实体也可以称为AMF网元或AMF功能实体;又例如,SMF实体也可以称为SMF网元或SMF功能实体等。Core network equipment refers to equipment in the core network (CN) that provides business support for terminal equipment. Currently, some common examples of core network equipment are: access and mobility management function (AMF) entities, session management function (SMF) entities, user plane function (UPF) entities ) entities, etc., which are not listed here. Among them, the AMF entity can be responsible for the access management and mobility management of the terminal device; the SMF entity can be responsible for session management, such as user session establishment, etc.; the UPF entity can be a functional entity of the user plane, mainly responsible for connecting to external networks. It should be noted that the entities in this application may also be called network elements or functional entities. For example, the AMF entity may also be called an AMF network element or an AMF functional entity; and for example, the SMF entity may also be called an SMF network element or an SMF functional entity.
应注意,本申请提出的通信方法适用于终端设备与接入网设备之间的通信,也适用于终端设备与终端设备之间的通信。例如,在侧行链路通信场景(即sidelink场景),两个采用PC5接口进行通信终端设备可以执行本申请提出的通信方法。It should be noted that the communication method proposed in this application is applicable to communication between terminal equipment and access network equipment, and is also applicable to communication between terminal equipment and terminal equipment. For example, in a sidelink communication scenario (ie, sidelink scenario), two terminal devices that communicate using the PC5 interface can perform the communication method proposed in this application.
具体地,本申请提出的通信方法可以应用于DRX机制(例如,连接态下的DRX机制(connected DRX,CDRX))中。在DRX机制中,终端设备仅在必要的时刻打开接收机进入DRX激活态,以监听PDCCH,而在其他时间关闭接收机进入DRX休眠态,从而实现节省终端设备的耗能。在DRX机制中,终端设备可能涉及如下几种定时器:Specifically, the communication method proposed in this application can be applied to the DRX mechanism (for example, the DRX mechanism (connected DRX, CDRX) in the connected state). In the DRX mechanism, the terminal device only turns on the receiver to enter the DRX active state when necessary to monitor the PDCCH, and turns off the receiver to enter the DRX sleep state at other times, thereby saving energy consumption of the terminal equipment. In the DRX mechanism, terminal equipment may involve the following timers:
非连续接收的持续定时器(drx-onDurationTimer):一段连续的下行时长,表示终端设备在一个DRX周期(DRX cycle)中醒来后维持唤醒状态的时长,在drx-onDurationTimer运行期间终端设备能够监听PDCCH。Continuous timer for discontinuous reception (drx-onDurationTimer): a continuous downlink duration, indicating the length of time the terminal device maintains the wake-up state after waking up in a DRX cycle (DRX cycle). The terminal device can monitor during the operation of drx-onDurationTimer PDCCH.
非连续接收的激活定时器(drx-InactivityTimer):一段连续的下行时长,表示终端设备在DRX激活时间(例如,在drx-onDurationTimer运行期间)成功解码一个指示初传的上行或下行数据的PDCCH后能够持续监听PDCCH的时长。drx-InactivityTimer在终端设备接收到指示新传的PDCCH时(指示上行或下行新传调度)启动或重启。Discontinuous reception activation timer (drx-InactivityTimer): a continuous downlink duration, indicating that the terminal device successfully decodes a PDCCH indicating the initial transmission of uplink or downlink data during the DRX activation time (for example, during drx-onDurationTimer operation) The length of time that PDCCH can be continuously monitored. drx-InactivityTimer is started or restarted when the terminal device receives a PDCCH indicating new transmission (indicating uplink or downlink new transmission scheduling).
为便于理解,结合图1A所示的DRX周期(DRX cycle)对前述drx-onDurationTimer和drx-InactivityTimer进行介绍。如图1A所示,一个DRX周期主要包含持续时段(即On-duration)和休眠时段(即Opportunity for DRX)。其中,持续时段为终端设备处于DRX激活状态能够监听PDCCH的持续时间段;休眠时段是终端设备为了省电进入DRX休眠状态而不监听PDCCH的时间段。例如,当终端设备启动drx-onDurationTimer时,该终端设备进入DRX激活状态开始监听PDCCH。若在drx-onDurationTimer运行期间该终端设备未收到PDCCH,则该终端设备在drx-onDurationTimer超时时可以进入DRX休眠状态而不再监听PDCCH;若在drx-onDurationTimer运行期间该终端设备收到指示新传的PDCCH,则该终端设备启动或重启drx-InactivityTimer进而继续持续监听PDCCH。应注意,若终端设备在drx-onDurationTimer或drx-InactivityTimer运行期间收到指示进入休眠状态的信元(例如,DRX command MAC CE),则终端设备将立刻停止drx-onDurationTimer和drx-InactivityTimer,并可能进入DRX休眠状态。For ease of understanding, the aforementioned drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer are introduced in conjunction with the DRX cycle shown in Figure 1A. As shown in Figure 1A, a DRX cycle mainly includes a duration period (i.e. On-duration) and a sleep period (i.e. Opportunity for DRX). The duration period is the duration period during which the terminal device is in the DRX active state and can monitor the PDCCH; the sleep period is the period during which the terminal device enters the DRX sleep state without monitoring the PDCCH in order to save power. For example, when the terminal device starts drx-onDurationTimer, the terminal device enters the DRX activation state and starts monitoring the PDCCH. If the terminal device does not receive PDCCH while drx-onDurationTimer is running, the terminal device can enter the DRX sleep state and no longer listen to PDCCH when drx-onDurationTimer times out; if the terminal device receives the instruction new If the PDCCH is transmitted, the terminal device starts or restarts the drx-InactivityTimer and continues to monitor the PDCCH. It should be noted that if the terminal device receives a message indicating entering the sleep state (for example, DRX command MAC CE) while drx-onDurationTimer or drx-InactivityTimer is running, the terminal device will immediately stop drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer, and may Enter DRX sleep state.
非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器(drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer):用于指示终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔,能够反映网络侧处理来自终端设备的数据或信令的最短时长,表示下一次HARQ重传最早在多少个符号(symbol)后出现。在drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer运行期间终端设备不会监听PDCCH。drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer可以分为指示上行的终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔的定时器(即上行非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器(drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL))和指示下行的终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔的定时器(即下行非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器(drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL))。Discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer): used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive retransmission schedules, which can reflect the network side's processing of data or information from the terminal device. The minimum duration of the command indicates the earliest number of symbols (symbols) before the next HARQ retransmission occurs. The terminal device will not listen to the PDCCH while drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is running. drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer can be divided into timers that indicate the minimum interval at which uplink terminal equipment expects to receive retransmission schedules (i.e., uplink discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT- TimerUL)) and a timer indicating the minimum interval at which the downlink terminal equipment expects to receive retransmission schedules (ie, downlink discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer (drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL)).
一般地,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL在一个HARQ进程的下行传输的HARQ反馈结束后的第一个符号处启动,表示终端设备向网络侧发送HARQ反馈之后,终端设备需要等待多长时间才可能监听到用于指示下 行重传调度的PDCCH。例如,在图1B所示示例中,终端设备通过PDSCH接收下行数据,并且,终端设备在PDSCH上接收下行数据之后向网络侧发送HARQ反馈,该终端设备在发送HARQ反馈之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。可选的,在一些场景中,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL在一个HARQ进程的下行传输后的第一个符号处启动,表示终端设备从网络侧接收下行数据之后,终端设备需要等待多长时间才可能监听到用于指示下行重传调度的PDCCH。例如,在图1C所示示例中,终端设备通过PDSCH接收下行数据之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。Generally, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is started at the first symbol after the end of the HARQ feedback for downlink transmission of a HARQ process, indicating how long the terminal device needs to wait after sending HARQ feedback to the network side. Monitor for instructions PDCCH scheduled for retransmission. For example, in the example shown in Figure 1B, the terminal device receives downlink data through the PDSCH, and after receiving the downlink data on the PDSCH, the terminal device sends HARQ feedback to the network side. The terminal device starts drx-HARQ-RTT after sending the HARQ feedback. -TimerDL. Optional, in some scenarios, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is started at the first symbol after the downlink transmission of a HARQ process, indicating how long the terminal device needs to wait after receiving downlink data from the network side. Only then can the PDCCH used to indicate downlink retransmission scheduling be monitored. For example, in the example shown in Figure 1C, the terminal device starts drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data through PDSCH.
此外,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL在一个HARQ进程的上行传输后的第一个符号处启动,表示终端设备向网络侧发送上行数据之后,终端设备需要等待多长时间才可能监听到用于指示上行重传调度的PDCCH。例如,在图1D所示示例中,终端设备在PUSCH发送上行数据,并且,终端设备在发送上行数据之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。In addition, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started at the first symbol after the uplink transmission of a HARQ process, indicating how long the terminal device needs to wait before it can listen for instructions after sending uplink data to the network side. Uplink retransmission scheduled PDCCH. For example, in the example shown in Figure 1D, the terminal device sends uplink data on PUSCH, and the terminal device starts drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending the uplink data.
非连续接收重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimer):用于指示接收重传调度的最大等待时长,表示终端设备处于DRX激活状态等待重传调度的最长时间。drx-RetransmissionTimer可以分为指示接收上行重传调度的最大等待时长的定时器(即上行非连续接收重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimerUL))和指示接收下行重传调度的最大等待时长的定时器(即下行非连续接收重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimerDL))。可选的,在侧行链路通信中,drx-RetransmissionTimer可以是侧行链路非连续接收重传定时器(drx-RetransmissionTimerSL)。Discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimer): used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving retransmission scheduling, indicating the maximum time for the terminal device to wait for retransmission scheduling in the DRX activation state. drx-RetransmissionTimer can be divided into a timer that indicates the maximum waiting time for receiving uplink retransmission scheduling (i.e., uplink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)) and a timer that indicates the maximum waiting time for receiving downlink retransmission scheduling (i.e., uplink non-continuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)). That is, the downlink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerDL)). Optionally, in sidelink communication, drx-RetransmissionTimer may be a sidelink discontinuous reception retransmission timer (drx-RetransmissionTimerSL).
一般地,如图1B或图1C所示,若drx-RetransmissionTimerDL在一个HARQ进程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时后下行传输块(transport block,TB)未成功解码,则终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时后的第一个符号处启动。如图1D所示,drx-RetransmissionTimerUL在一个HARQ进程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时后的第一个符号处启动。Generally, as shown in Figure 1B or Figure 1C, if the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL does not successfully decode the downlink transport block (TB) after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL of a HARQ process times out, the terminal device will -RTT-TimerDL starts at the first symbol after timeout. As shown in Figure 1D, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is started at the first symbol after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL timeout of a HARQ process.
如图1D所示,终端设备在drx-onDurationTimer、drx-InactivityTimer、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL中任意一个定时器的运行期间,该终端设备处于DRX激活状态,能够监听PDCCH。As shown in Figure 1D, during the operation of any timer among drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, and drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and can monitor the PDCCH.
应理解,在介绍前述几个定时器时涉及的DRX激活状态仅指DRX功能的状态,而不是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)激活状态。RRC激活状态即RRC连接态(RRC CONNECTED state)。终端设备处于RRC连接态时,可以接收网络侧对终端设备进行配置的专用RRC信令,并且,终端设备可以与网络侧之间进行RRC专用信令和业务数据的传输。与RRC激活态相对应的RRC状态包括RRC休眠态(RRC IDLE state)(也被称为RRC空闲态)和RRC非激活态(RRC INACTIVE state)。一般地,终端设备在RRC休眠态和RRC非激活态下,终端设备无法接收网络的专用配置信令。而DRX功能是终端设备处于RRC连接态时,网络侧为终端设备配置的一种节能功能。在终端设备被配置DRX功能时,终端设备可以处于DRX激活态或DRX休眠态。其中,当终端设备处于DRX激活态时,终端设备可以在PDCCH监听时机监听PDCCH,以确定是否有接入网设备向该终端设备发送调度信息;当终端设备处于DRX休眠态时,终端设备可以不对PDCCH进行监听,从而到达节能的目的。在前述各个DRX定时器运行期间,该终端设备均处于RRC连接态。It should be understood that the DRX activation state involved in the introduction of the aforementioned timers only refers to the state of the DRX function, not the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) activation state. The RRC activation state is the RRC CONNECTED state. When the terminal device is in the RRC connected state, it can receive dedicated RRC signaling from the network side to configure the terminal device, and the terminal device can transmit RRC dedicated signaling and service data with the network side. The RRC states corresponding to the RRC active state include RRC dormant state (RRC IDLE state) (also known as RRC idle state) and RRC inactive state (RRC INACTIVE state). Generally, when the terminal device is in the RRC sleep state or the RRC inactive state, the terminal device cannot receive the dedicated configuration signaling of the network. The DRX function is an energy-saving function configured on the network side for the terminal device when the terminal device is in the RRC connection state. When the terminal device is configured with the DRX function, the terminal device can be in the DRX active state or the DRX sleep state. Among them, when the terminal device is in the DRX active state, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH at the PDCCH monitoring opportunity to determine whether an access network device sends scheduling information to the terminal device; when the terminal device is in the DRX sleep state, the terminal device can not PDCCH monitors to achieve the purpose of energy saving. During the operation of each of the aforementioned DRX timers, the terminal device is in the RRC connected state.
如图1E所示,在目前的DRX机制中,终端设备每次在网络侧配置的上行传输资源上进行传输之后,终端设备都会启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL,该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时后终端设备会启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL并处于DRX激活状态,以期望监听到接入网设备指示用于重传调度的PDCCH。然而,在实际应用中,并非每次传输都会失败,因此,启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL而处于DRX激活状态可能会给终端设备带来不必要的功耗,影响终端设备的节能效果。As shown in Figure 1E, in the current DRX mechanism, every time the terminal device transmits on the uplink transmission resource configured on the network side, the terminal device will start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL After timeout, the terminal device will start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL and be in the DRX activation state in order to expect to hear the PDCCH indicated by the access network device for retransmission scheduling. However, in actual applications, not every transmission will fail. Therefore, starting drx-RetransmissionTimerUL while being in the DRX activated state may cause unnecessary power consumption to the terminal device and affect the energy-saving effect of the terminal device.
对此,本申请提供了一种通信方法以及通信装置,用于缩短终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,有利于节省终端设备功耗。In this regard, this application provides a communication method and communication device, which are used to shorten the time the terminal equipment is in the DRX activation state, which is beneficial to saving the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
下面将结合图2对本申请提出的通信方法的一种实施例的主要流程进行介绍。本实施例可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)执行。以终端设备为例,该方法中,终端设备将执行如下步骤:The main process of an embodiment of the communication method proposed in this application will be introduced below with reference to Figure 2. This embodiment may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip, a chip system, etc.). Taking the terminal device as an example, in this method, the terminal device will perform the following steps:
步骤201,终端设备接收第一信息。 Step 201: The terminal device receives the first information.
其中,该第一信息用于指示该终端设备在传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动第一定时器,也可以理解为,该第一信息用于该终端设备确定在传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动第一定时器。The first information is used to indicate whether the terminal device starts the first timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource. It can also be understood that the first information is used for the terminal device to determine whether to start the first timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource. Whether to start the first timer.
其中,传输资源是网络侧配置给终端设备的用于终端设备传输数据的物理资源。例如,接入网设备通过传输资源配置给终端设备配置的传输资源。本申请中的第一信息与传输资源配置配置的传输资源相关。The transmission resources are physical resources configured by the network side to the terminal device for the terminal device to transmit data. For example, the access network device configures the transmission resources for the terminal device through the transmission resource configuration. The first information in this application is related to the transmission resources configured by the transmission resource configuration.
传输资源按照网络侧配置的方式可以分为预配置资源(pre-configured resources)和动态授权(dynamic grant,DG)资源。其中,预配置资源按照传输方向的不同分为用于上行传输的配置授权(configured grant,CG)资源和用于下行传输的半静态调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)资源。可选的,CG资源可以是配置授权类型1(configured grant type 1,CG type 1)资源,也可以是配置授权类型2(configured grant type 2,CG type 2)资源。Transmission resources can be divided into pre-configured resources (pre-configured resources) and dynamic grant (DG) resources according to the network side configuration method. Among them, preconfigured resources are divided into configured grant (CG) resources for uplink transmission and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources for downlink transmission according to different transmission directions. Optionally, the CG resource can be a configured grant type 1 (CG type 1) resource or a configured grant type 2 (CG type 2) resource.
此外,传输资源按照数据传输方向分为上行传输资源(例如,上行物理共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)资源)和下行传输资源(例如,下行物理共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)资源)。示例性的,若该网络侧配置的传输资源为PUSCH资源,终端设备可以在PUSCH资源上发送上行数据。示例性的,若该网络侧配置的传输资源为PDSCH资源,终端设备可以在PDSCH资源上接收下行数据。In addition, transmission resources are divided into uplink transmission resources (for example, physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resources) and downlink transmission resources (for example, physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) resources) according to the data transmission direction. ). For example, if the transmission resources configured on the network side are PUSCH resources, the terminal device can send uplink data on the PUSCH resources. For example, if the transmission resources configured on the network side are PDSCH resources, the terminal device can receive downlink data on the PDSCH resources.
此外,在不同的应用场景下,第一信息可以采用不同的配置粒度,即第一信息生效的范围可以不同。In addition, in different application scenarios, the first information may adopt different configuration granularities, that is, the range in which the first information takes effect may be different.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为预配置资源。例如,CG资源或SPS资源。在这种情况下,第一信息可以是终端设备粒度的信息,也可以是小区粒度的信息,还可以是BWP粒度的信息。In a possible implementation, the transmission resources are preconfigured resources. For example, CG assets or SPS assets. In this case, the first information may be information at the terminal device granularity, information at the cell granularity, or information at the BWP granularity.
示例性的,第一信息为终端设备粒度的信息。例如,第一信息携带在MAC实体配置信元MAC-CellGroupConfig信元中。此时,第一信息对每个预配置资源均有效。For example, the first information is information at the terminal device granularity. For example, the first information is carried in the MAC entity configuration information element MAC-CellGroupConfig information element. At this time, the first information is valid for each preconfigured resource.
示例性的,第一信息为小区粒度的信息。例如,第一信息携带在服务小区配置信元ServingCellConfig中。此时,不同服务小区配置中可以携带独立的第一信息,某一个服务小区中携带的第一信息只对同一小区中的预配置资源有效。For example, the first information is cell granular information. For example, the first information is carried in the serving cell configuration information element ServingCellConfig. At this time, different serving cell configurations may carry independent first information, and the first information carried in a certain serving cell is only valid for preconfigured resources in the same cell.
示例性的,第一信息为部分带宽(band width part,BWP)粒度的信息。例如,第一信息携带在BWP配置信元BWP-UplinkDedicated或BWP-DownlinkDedicated中。此时,不同BWP配置中可以携带相互独立的第一信息,某一个BWP中携带的第一信息只对该BWP中的预配置资源有效。For example, the first information is information at a bandwidth part (BWP) granularity. For example, the first information is carried in the BWP configuration information element BWP-UplinkDedicated or BWP-DownlinkDedicated. At this time, different BWP configurations may carry mutually independent first information, and the first information carried in a certain BWP is only valid for the preconfigured resources in the BWP.
示例性的,第一信息为预配置资源配置粒度的信息。第一信息可以携带在CG资源配置或SPS资源配置中。例如,该第一信息携带于CG的配置信元configuredGrantConfig中。又例如,该第一信息携带于SPS的配置信元SPS-Config中。此外,第一信息也可以携带在CG资源配置对应的激活下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)或SPS资源配置对应的激活DCI中。例如,第一信息携带于用于激活配置授权类型2资源的激活DCI中。又例如,该第一信息携带于用于激活SPS资源的激活DCI中。For example, the first information is information of preconfigured resource configuration granularity. The first information may be carried in CG resource configuration or SPS resource configuration. For example, the first information is carried in the configuredGrantConfig configuration information element of the CG. For another example, the first information is carried in the configuration information element SPS-Config of the SPS. In addition, the first information may also be carried in the activated downlink control information (DCI) corresponding to the CG resource configuration or the activated DCI corresponding to the SPS resource configuration. For example, the first information is carried in the activation DCI used to activate the configuration grant type 2 resource. For another example, the first information is carried in activation DCI used to activate SPS resources.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为动态授权DG资源。在这种情况下,第一信息可以是终端设备粒度的信息,也可以是小区粒度的信息,还可以是BWP粒度的信息。In another possible implementation, the transmission resources are dynamically authorized DG resources. In this case, the first information may be information at the terminal device granularity, information at the cell granularity, or information at the BWP granularity.
示例性的,第一信息为终端设备粒度的信息。例如,第一信息携带在MAC实体配置信元MAC-CellGroupConfig信元中。此时,第一信息对每个预配置资源均有效。For example, the first information is information at the terminal device granularity. For example, the first information is carried in the MAC entity configuration information element MAC-CellGroupConfig information element. At this time, the first information is valid for each preconfigured resource.
示例性的,第一信息为小区粒度的信息。例如,第一信息携带在服务小区配置信元ServingCellConfig中。此时,不同服务小区配置中可以携带独立的第一信息,某一个服务小区中携带的第一信息只对同一小区中的预配置资源有效。For example, the first information is cell granular information. For example, the first information is carried in the serving cell configuration information element ServingCellConfig. At this time, different serving cell configurations may carry independent first information, and the first information carried in a certain serving cell is only valid for preconfigured resources in the same cell.
示例性的,第一信息为BWP粒度的信息。例如,第一信息携带在BWP配置信元BWP-UplinkDedicated或BWP-DownlinkDedicated中。此时,不同BWP配置中可以携带相互独立的第一信息,某一个BWP中携带的第一信息只对该BWP中的预配置资源有效。For example, the first information is BWP granularity information. For example, the first information is carried in the BWP configuration information element BWP-UplinkDedicated or BWP-DownlinkDedicated. At this time, different BWP configurations may carry mutually independent first information, and the first information carried in a certain BWP is only valid for the preconfigured resources in the BWP.
需要说明的是,在实际应用中,接入网设备可以采用前述任意一种配置粒度的第一信息,相应地,终端设备可以从该配置粒度对应的信元或信令中获得第一信息,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that in actual applications, the access network device can use the first information of any of the aforementioned configuration granularities. Correspondingly, the terminal device can obtain the first information from the cells or signaling corresponding to the configuration granularity. This application does not limit this.
此外,该第一定时器用于指示终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔或者指示接收重传调度的最大等待时长。In addition, the first timer is used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器用于指示终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔,即第一定时器的时长为终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔。示例性的,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT- TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。关于drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL的介绍请参阅前文图1B、图1C或图1D对应的描述,此处不予赘述。In a possible implementation, the first timer is used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule. For example, the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT- TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. For an introduction to drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, please refer to the corresponding descriptions in Figure 1B, Figure 1C or Figure 1D, and will not be described again here.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器用于指示接收重传调度的最大等待时长,即第一定时器的时长为终端设备能够接收重传调度的最大等待时长。示例性的,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。关于drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL的介绍请参阅前文图1B、图1C或图1D对应的描述,此处不予赘述。In another possible implementation, the first timer is used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule, that is, the length of the first timer is the maximum waiting time for the terminal device to receive the retransmission schedule. For example, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL. For an introduction to drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, please refer to the corresponding description in Figure 1B, Figure 1C or Figure 1D, and will not be described again here.
具体地,该第一信息可以有如下多种实施方式:Specifically, the first information may be implemented in the following multiple ways:
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息用于指示至少一个预设条件,该第一信息包括至少一个预设条件中每个预设条件对应的阈值。In a possible implementation, the first information is used to indicate at least one preset condition, and the first information includes a threshold corresponding to each preset condition in the at least one preset condition.
示例性的,该预设条件用于指示该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于第一预设值。在本示例中,该第一信息至少包含前述第一预设值。可选的,第一预设值小于该传输资源传输的业务的分组数据包时延预算(packet delay budget,PDB)。For example, the preset condition is used to indicate that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to the first preset value. In this example, the first information at least includes the aforementioned first preset value. Optionally, the first preset value is less than the packet delay budget (packet delay budget, PDB) of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
其中,传输资源的起始位置指该传输资源在时域上的起始时刻,例如,传输资源第一个符号或第一个时隙的起始时刻等;传输资源的结束位置指该传输资源在时域上的结束时刻,例如,传输资源最后一个符号或最后一个时隙的结束时刻等。Among them, the starting position of the transmission resource refers to the starting time of the transmission resource in the time domain, for example, the starting time of the first symbol or the first time slot of the transmission resource, etc.; the end position of the transmission resource refers to the starting time of the transmission resource. The end time in the time domain, for example, the end time of the last symbol of the transmission resource or the last time slot, etc.
本示例中,由于,终端设备处于DRX激活状态时能够进行重传调度,因此,若传输资源的结束位置距离终端设备下一次进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔较短(例如,时长间隔较短小于或等于第一预设值),则即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一次进入DRX激活状态时进行重传调度。进一步地,若第一预设值小于该传输资源传输的业务的PDB,则在保证传输失败的数据有机会进行重传调度的同时,还能够保证重传的数据满足PDB要求而不会影响业务的正常运行。In this example, since the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activated state (for example, the duration interval is shorter than or equal to the first preset value), even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device will have the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling when it enters the DRX activation state next time. Furthermore, if the first preset value is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource, while ensuring that the data that failed to be transmitted has the opportunity to be retransmitted, it can also ensure that the retransmitted data meets the PDB requirements without affecting the service. of normal operation.
示例性的,该预设条件用于指示该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于第二预设值。在本示例中,该第一信息至少包含前述第二预设值。For example, the preset condition is used to indicate that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the second preset value. In this example, the first information at least includes the aforementioned second preset value.
本示例中,由于,终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输时终端设备处于DRX激活状态,并且,传输资源的结束位置距离终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔较长(例如,该时长间隔大于或等于第二预设值),说明终端设备还将有较长时间一直处于DRX激活状态。因此,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, because the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, and the end position of the transmission resource is separated from the end position of the terminal device by a long time interval from the DRX activation state (for example, the time interval is greater than or equal to the second preset value), indicating that the terminal device will remain in the DRX activation state for a long time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
示例性的,该预设条件用于指示该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于第三预设值。在本示例中,该第一信息至少包含前述第三预设值。For example, the preset condition is used to indicate that the start position or end position of the transmission resource is less than or equal to the third preset value from the time interval between the terminal device entering the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. In this example, the first information at least includes the aforementioned third preset value.
本示例中,由于,终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输时终端设备处于DRX激活状态,并且,传输资源的结束位置距离终端设备刚进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔较短(例如,该时长间隔小于或等于第三预设值),说明终端设备刚进入DRX激活状态并且该终端设备还将有一段时长处于DRX激活状态。因此,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, because the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, and the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the time interval when the terminal device just enters the DRX activation state (for example, the time interval less than or equal to the third preset value), it indicates that the terminal equipment has just entered the DRX activation state and the terminal equipment will be in the DRX activation state for a period of time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
关于预设条件的具体示例请参阅后文图5A或图5B对应的实施例,此处不予赘述。For specific examples of the preset conditions, please refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B below, which will not be described again here.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息起指示作用,该第一信息用于指示至少一个传输资源中每个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information serves as an indication, and the first information is used to indicate whether each of the at least one transmission resource should start the first timer after data transmission.
可选的,该第一信息可以包括至少一个字符。每个字符对应至少一个传输资源,用于指示终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器;或者,每个字符对应至少一个HARQ进程,用于指示终端设备在HARQ进程关联的传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该HARQ进程对应的第一定时器。Optionally, the first information may include at least one character. Each character corresponds to at least one transmission resource and is used to instruct the terminal device whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource; or each character corresponds to at least one HARQ process and is used to instruct the terminal Whether the device starts the first timer corresponding to the HARQ process after transmitting data on the transmission resource associated with the HARQ process.
示例性的,第一信息可以为比特序列,前述第一信息中的一个字符为比特序列中的一个比特携带的信息。该比特序列中的每个比特携带的信息对应至少一个传输资源,或者,该比特序列中的每个比特携带的信息对应至少一个HARQ进程。例如,第一信息包括第一序列,该第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个该比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。又例如,第一信息包括第二序列,该第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与传输资源配 置关联的至少一个HARQ对应,每个该比特用于指示至少一个HARQ在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。本示例中,通过每个比特在比特序列中的位置隐式地指示每个比特对应哪些传输资源或哪些HARQ进程,有利于控制第一信息的大小,进而降低携带第一信息的信令开销。For example, the first information may be a bit sequence, and one character in the first information is information carried by one bit in the bit sequence. The information carried by each bit in the bit sequence corresponds to at least one transmission resource, or the information carried by each bit in the bit sequence corresponds to at least one HARQ process. For example, the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding at least one transmission resource is started after data transmission. the first timer. For another example, the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits is associated with a transmission resource allocation. Corresponding to at least one associated HARQ, each bit is used to indicate whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource. In this example, the position of each bit in the bit sequence implicitly indicates which transmission resources or which HARQ processes each bit corresponds to, which is beneficial to controlling the size of the first information, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of carrying the first information.
示例性的,第一信息也可以为列表,该列表包括至少一个字符。可选的,该列表还包括字符的索引,该字符的索引用于终端设备确定该字符对应哪些传输资源或哪些HARQ进程。本示例中,采用列表的形式承载用于指示作用第一信息,有利于准确地指示终端设备哪些传输资源或哪些HARQ进程对应的第一定时器需要启动或不启动。For example, the first information may also be a list, and the list includes at least one character. Optionally, the list also includes a character index. The character index is used by the terminal device to determine which transmission resources or which HARQ processes the character corresponds to. In this example, the first information for indicating the effect is carried in the form of a list, which is helpful for accurately instructing the terminal device which transmission resources or which HARQ processes correspond to the first timers that need to be started or not started.
可选的,时域上每两个相邻的第一资源之间的时间间隔小于或等于该传输资源传输的业务的分组数据包时延预算PDB。其中,第一资源为指示在进行数据传输后需要启动第一定时器的传输资源。在这种实施方式中,即使终端设备在某个传输资源上发生传输失败,终端设备也可以在其他定时器或事件触发终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时段内进行重传调度。不仅能够保证传输失败的数据有机会进行重传调度,而且还可以满足PDB要求。Optionally, the time interval between every two adjacent first resources in the time domain is less than or equal to the packet delay budget PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource. The first resource is a transmission resource indicating that the first timer needs to be started after data transmission. In this implementation manner, even if the terminal device fails to transmit on a certain transmission resource, the terminal device can schedule retransmission during the period when other timers or events trigger the terminal device to enter the DRX activation state. Not only can it ensure that data that fails to be transmitted will have the opportunity to be retransmitted, but it can also meet PDB requirements.
此外,需要说明的是,每个字符可能是两个取值中的任意一个,其中一个取值代表启动第一定时器,另一个取值代表不启动第一定时器。例如,若字符的取值是0,则代表不启动第一定时器,若字符的取值是1,则代表启动第一定时器。又例如,若字符的取值是假(false),则代表不启动第一定时器,若字符的取值是真(true),则代表启动第一定时器。In addition, it should be noted that each character may have any one of two values, one of which represents starting the first timer, and the other representing not starting the first timer. For example, if the value of the character is 0, it means not starting the first timer; if the value of the character is 1, it means starting the first timer. For another example, if the value of the character is false (false), it means not starting the first timer; if the value of the character is true (true), it means starting the first timer.
关于第一信息用于指示作用的具体示例请参阅后文图3A或图3B对应的实施例,此处不予赘述。For specific examples of the indication function of the first information, please refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B below, which will not be described again here.
在实际应用中,第一信息可以采用前述任意一种实施方式实现,具体此处不做限定。In practical applications, the first information can be implemented using any of the aforementioned implementation methods, and the details are not limited here.
步骤202,终端设备基于第一信息确定是否启动传输资源对应的第一定时器。Step 202: The terminal device determines whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information.
具体地,当第一信息采用的实现方式不同时,该终端设备基于第一信息确定是否启动第一定时器的过程也不同。下面分别进行介绍:Specifically, when the first information is implemented in different ways, the process of the terminal device determining whether to start the first timer based on the first information is also different. The following are introduced respectively:
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息用于指示至少一个预设条件,该第一信息包括至少一个预设条件中每个预设条件对应的阈值。终端设备基于第一信息所指示的某一个或某几个预设条件判断当前终端设备进行数据传输之后所在的时刻能否满足前述预设条件,进而该终端设备基于是否满足预设条件而确定是否启动第一定时器。In a possible implementation, the first information is used to indicate at least one preset condition, and the first information includes a threshold corresponding to each preset condition in the at least one preset condition. The terminal device determines, based on one or several preset conditions indicated by the first information, whether the time at which the current terminal device performs data transmission can meet the aforementioned preset conditions, and then the terminal device determines whether the preset conditions are satisfied based on whether the preset conditions are met. Start the first timer.
示例性的,当满足至少一个预设条件时,该终端设备确定在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该第一定时器。例如,该第一信息包含第一预设值,并且,该预设条件用于指示传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于第一预设值。在这种情况下,终端设备在传输资源上进行数据传输之后,该终端设备将确定数据传输的起始位置或结束位置是否距离下一次终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于第一预设值,若是,则终端设备不启动第一定时器;否则,该终端设备启动第一定时器。又例如,该第一信息包含第二预设值,并且,该预设条件用于指示传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于第二预设值。在这种情况下,终端设备在传输资源上进行数据传输之后,该终端设备将确定数据传输的起始位置或结束位置是否距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于第二预设值,若是,则终端设备不启动第一定时器;否则,该终端设备启动第一定时器。又例如,该第一信息包含第三预设值,并且,该预设条件用于指示传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于第三预设值。在这种情况下,终端设备在传输资源上进行数据传输之后,该终端设备将确定数据传输的起始位置或结束位置是否距离当前DRX周期内终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于第三预设值,若是,则终端设备不启动第一定时器;否则,该终端设备启动第一定时器。For example, when at least one preset condition is met, the terminal device determines not to start the first timer after data transmission on the transmission resource. For example, the first information includes a first preset value, and the preset condition is used to indicate that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to the first preset value. In this case, after the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device will determine whether the start position or end position of the data transmission is less than or equal to the first predetermined time interval from the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state. Set value, if yes, the terminal device does not start the first timer; otherwise, the terminal device starts the first timer. For another example, the first information includes a second preset value, and the preset condition is used to indicate that the start position or end position of the transmission resource is greater than or equal to the time interval from the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. 2. Default value. In this case, after the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device will determine whether the start position or end position of the data transmission is greater than or equal to the time interval between the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. 2. Default value. If yes, the terminal device does not start the first timer; otherwise, the terminal device starts the first timer. For another example, the first information includes a third preset value, and the preset condition is used to indicate that the start position or end position of the transmission resource is less than or equal to the time interval between the terminal device entering the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle and the third preset value in the current DRX cycle. Three presets. In this case, after the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device will determine whether the start position or end position of the data transmission is less than or equal to the time interval between the terminal device entering the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. Three preset values, if yes, the terminal device does not start the first timer; otherwise, the terminal device starts the first timer.
关于该预设条件的具体示例请参阅后文图5A或图5B对应的实施例,此处不予赘述。For specific examples of the preset condition, please refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B below, which will not be described again here.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息起指示作用,该第一信息用于指示至少一个传输资源中每个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。终端设备在收到第一信息之后,该终端设备不需要基于其他的条件或规则便可以直接基于第一信息确定是否启动第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information serves as an indication, and the first information is used to indicate whether each of the at least one transmission resource should start the first timer after data transmission. After the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device can directly determine whether to start the first timer based on the first information without requiring other conditions or rules.
关于该预设条件的具体示例请参阅后文图3A或图3B对应的实施例,此处不予赘述。For specific examples of the preset condition, please refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B below, which will not be described again here.
当终端设备基于第一信息确定不启动该第一定时器时,或者,当第一信息指示不启动该第一定时器时, 该终端设备执行步骤203a;当终端设备基于第一信息确定启动该第一定时器时,或者,当第一信息指示启动该第一定时器时,该终端设备执行步骤203b。When the terminal device determines not to start the first timer based on the first information, or when the first information indicates not to start the first timer, The terminal device performs step 203a; when the terminal device determines to start the first timer based on the first information, or when the first information indicates starting the first timer, the terminal device performs step 203b.
步骤203a,终端设备在传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器。Step 203a: The terminal device does not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
当终端设备基于第一信息指示确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,或者,当第一信息指示不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,终端设备在该第一信息对应的传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器。When the terminal device determines not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information indication, or when the first information indicates not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device performs the transmission corresponding to the first information. After data transmission is performed on a resource, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not started.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器用于指示终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔,即该第一定时器的时长为终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔。此时,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule. At this time, the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
在本实施方式的一种可能的示例中,对于上行传输,该传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。此时,当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,该终端设备在PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后不启动该PUSCH资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。In a possible example of this implementation, for uplink transmission, the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL. At this time, when the first information indicates not to activate the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, the terminal device does not activate the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the PUSCH resource after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
在本实施方式的另一种可能的示例中,对于下行传输,传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。此时,当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,该终端设备在PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动该PDSCH资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In another possible example of this implementation, for downlink transmission, the transmission resource is the physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. At this time, when the first information indicates not to activate the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the terminal device does not activate the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL corresponding to the PDSCH resource after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
在本实施方式的另一种可能的示例中,当所述第一信息指示不启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,终端设备在传输资源上发送下行传输的混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈之后不启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。例如,终端设备在PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后,该终端设备还会向接入网设备发送HARQ反馈,其中,HARQ反馈可能是肯定应答(acknowledge,ACK),表示终端设备已成功从PDSCH中接收数据;HARQ反馈也可能是否定应答(negative-acknowledgment,NACK),表示终端设备未成功从PDSCH中接收数据。本示例中,终端设备发送了HARQ反馈之后,该终端设备不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In another possible example of this implementation, when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the terminal device sends a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback for downlink transmission on the transmission resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is not started afterwards. For example, after the terminal device receives downlink data on the PDSCH resource, the terminal device will also send HARQ feedback to the access network device. The HARQ feedback may be a positive response (acknowledge, ACK), indicating that the terminal device has successfully received the data from the PDSCH. Data; HARQ feedback may also be a negative-acknowledgment (NACK), indicating that the terminal device did not successfully receive data from the PDSCH. In this example, after the terminal device sends HARQ feedback, the terminal device does not start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
本实施方式中,由于drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL)超时时终端设备才会启动drx-RetransmissionTimer(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL)。因此,在终端设备不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer的情况下,则不会存在因drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时而触发启动drx-RetransmissionTimer。由于,该终端设备也不会因为启动drx-RetransmissionTimer而处于DRX激活状态,则可以不用在drx-RetransmissionTimer运行时长内监听PDCCH。因此,有利于缩短终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,进而有利于节省终端设备的功耗。In this implementation, the terminal device will start the drx-RetransmissionTimer (for example, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx -RetransmissionTimerDL). Therefore, if the terminal device does not start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, there will be no trigger to start drx-RetransmissionTimer due to drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout. Since the terminal device will not be in the DRX activation state due to starting drx-RetransmissionTimer, it does not need to monitor the PDCCH during the running time of drx-RetransmissionTimer. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activated state, thereby helping to save power consumption of the terminal device.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器用于指示接收重传调度的最大等待时长,即第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长。此时,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In another possible implementation, the first timer is used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule. At this time, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
在本实施方式的一种可能的示例中,对于上行传输,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。此时,当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,则当该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。In a possible example of this implementation, for uplink transmission, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. At this time, when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, the terminal device does not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out.
在本实施方式的另一种可能的示例中,对于下行传输,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。此时,当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In another possible example of this implementation, for downlink transmission, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL. At this time, when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, the terminal device does not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
本实施方式中,虽然终端设备能够启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL),但是,终端设备drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时基于第一信息不启动drx-RetransmissionTimer(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL)。因此,终端设备不会因为启动drx-RetransmissionTimer而处于DRX激活状态,也不会在drx-RetransmissionTimer运行时长内监听PDCCH。因此,有利于缩短终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,进而有利于节省终端设备的功耗。In this implementation, although the terminal device can start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer (for example, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL), the terminal device drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout is based on The first message does not start drx-RetransmissionTimer (eg, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL). Therefore, the terminal device will not be in the DRX activation state due to starting drx-RetransmissionTimer, nor will it monitor PDCCH during the running time of drx-RetransmissionTimer. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activated state, thereby helping to save power consumption of the terminal device.
步骤203b,终端设备在传输资源上进行数据传输后启动传输资源对应的第一定时器。Step 203b: After performing data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device starts the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource.
当终端设备基于第一信息指示确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,或者,当第一信息指示启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,终端设备在该第一信息对应的传输资源上进行数据传输后启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器。 When the terminal device determines to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information indication, or when the first information indicates to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device starts the transmission resource corresponding to the first information. After data transmission, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器用于指示终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔,即该第一定时器的时长为终端设备期望接收到重传调度的最小间隔。此时,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is used to indicate the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval at which the terminal device expects to receive the retransmission schedule. At this time, the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
在本实施方式的一种可能的示例中,对于上行传输,该传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。此时,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,该终端设备在该PUSCH上发送上行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。In a possible example of this implementation, for uplink transmission, the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL. At this time, when the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH.
在本实施方式的另一种可能的示例中,对于下行传输,传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。此时,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,该终端设备在该PDSCH上接收下行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In another possible example of this implementation, for downlink transmission, the transmission resource is the physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. At this time, when the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the terminal equipment starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH.
在本实施方式的另一种可能的示例中,当所述第一信息指示启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,所述终端设备在所述传输资源上发送下行传输的混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈之后启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In another possible example of this implementation, when the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the terminal device sends hybrid automatic retransmission of downlink transmission on the transmission resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is started after requesting HARQ feedback.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器用于指示接收重传调度的最大等待时长,即第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长。此时,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In another possible implementation, the first timer is used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule, that is, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule. At this time, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
在本实施方式的一种可能的示例中,对于上行传输,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。此时,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。In a possible example of this implementation, for uplink transmission, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. At this time, when the first information indicates starting the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, the terminal device starts drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out.
在本实施方式的另一种可能的示例中,对于下行传输,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。此时,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In another possible example of this implementation, for downlink transmission, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL. At this time, when the first information indicates starting the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, the terminal device starts drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
本实施例中,由于终端设备能够基于第一信息决策在至少一个传输资源中的任意一个传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器,而不是在该传输资源上完成数据传输之后必须启动第一定时器,因此,有利于灵活控制终端设备在合适的时机启动第一定时器而进入DRX激活状态。此外,当终端设备基于第一信息确定不启动第一定时器,终端设备可以不进入DRX激活状态,因此,有利于缩短终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,有利于节省终端设备功耗。In this embodiment, because the terminal device can decide based on the first information whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on any one of the at least one transmission resource, instead of completing it on the transmission resource. The first timer must be started after data transmission. Therefore, it is beneficial to flexibly control the terminal device to start the first timer at the appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state. In addition, when the terminal device determines not to start the first timer based on the first information, the terminal device may not enter the DRX activation state. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and to save the power consumption of the terminal device.
下面将结合图3A和图3B对本申请提出的通信方法进行进一步介绍。The communication method proposed in this application will be further introduced below with reference to Figures 3A and 3B.
如图3A所示,第一信息包括至少一个字符,第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。本实施例可以由终端设备和接入网设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)和接入网设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)执行。以终端设备和接入网设备为例,终端设备和接入网设备将执行如下步骤:As shown in Figure 3A, the first information includes at least one character, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. This embodiment may be executed by a terminal device and an access network device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) and a component of the access network device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) system and other components) execution. Taking terminal equipment and access network equipment as an example, the terminal equipment and access network equipment will perform the following steps:
步骤301,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一信息;相应地,终端设备从接入网设备接收第一信息。Step 301: The access network device sends first information to the terminal device; accordingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the access network device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,接入网设备向终端设备发送包含第一信息的传输资源配置;相应地,终端设备从接入网设备接收包含第一信息的传输资源配置。其中,传输资源配置用于为终端设备配置至少一个传输资源。接入网设备发送的传输资源配置不同时,该接入网设备为终端设备配置的传输资源不同。下面分别进行介绍:In a possible implementation, the access network device sends a transmission resource configuration including the first information to the terminal device; correspondingly, the terminal device receives the transmission resource configuration including the first information from the access network device. The transmission resource configuration is used to configure at least one transmission resource for the terminal device. When the transmission resource configuration sent by the access network device is different, the transmission resource configured by the access network device for the terminal device is different. They are introduced below:
可选的,前述传输资源配置为针对预配置资源(pre-configured resources)的配置信息,该传输资源为预配置资源。该预配置资源按照传输方向的不同分为用于上行传输的配置授权(configured grant,CG)资源和用于下行传输的半静态调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)资源。Optionally, the aforementioned transmission resource configuration is configuration information for pre-configured resources (pre-configured resources), and the transmission resources are pre-configured resources. The preconfigured resources are divided into configured grant (CG) resources for uplink transmission and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources for downlink transmission according to different transmission directions.
示例性的,前述传输资源配置为CG资源配置,前述传输资源为CG资源。例如,传输资源配置为配置授权类型1(configured grant Type 1)的配置,传输资源为配置授权类型1资源。配置授权类型1的配置除了包括第一信息之外,还包括配置授权类型1的时频资源位置、CG资源的周期、使用CG资源的HARQ进程数目、调制解调方式(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等参数。终端设备收到前述配置授权类型1的配置之后,将配置授权类型1资源存储为配置上行授权(configured uplink grant),进而终端设备可以使用配置授权类型1资源进行上行数据传输。又例如,传输资源配置为配置授权类型2(configured grant Type 2) 的配置,传输资源为配置授权类型2资源。配置授权类型2的配置除了包括第一信息之外,还包括CG资源的周期、使用CG资源的HARQ进程数目等参数。终端设备收到前述配置授权类型2的配置之后,终端设备还需要接收指示配置授权类型2的时频资源位置和调制解调方式MCS的激活DCI,才能将配置授权类型2资源存储为配置上行授权2,进而终端设备可以使用配置授权类型2资源进行上行数据传输。For example, the aforementioned transmission resource configuration is a CG resource configuration, and the aforementioned transmission resource is a CG resource. For example, the transmission resource is configured as a configured grant Type 1 (configured grant Type 1) configuration, and the transmission resource is a configured grant Type 1 resource. In addition to the first information, the configuration of configuring grant type 1 also includes the time-frequency resource location of configuring grant type 1, the period of CG resources, the number of HARQ processes using CG resources, and the modulation and coding scheme (MCS). ) and other parameters. After receiving the configuration of configuration authorization type 1, the terminal device stores the configuration authorization type 1 resource as a configured uplink grant, and then the terminal device can use the configuration authorization type 1 resource for uplink data transmission. For another example, the transmission resource is configured as configured grant Type 2. Configuration, the transmission resource is configured authorization type 2 resource. In addition to the first information, the configuration of configuration authorization type 2 also includes parameters such as the period of the CG resource and the number of HARQ processes using the CG resource. After the terminal device receives the aforementioned configuration of configuration authorization type 2, the terminal device also needs to receive the activation DCI indicating the time-frequency resource location and modem mode MCS of configuration authorization type 2 in order to store the configuration authorization type 2 resource as the configuration uplink authorization. 2. Then the terminal device can use the configured authorization type 2 resources for uplink data transmission.
示例性的,前述传输资源配置为SPS资源配置。例如,接入网设备向终端设备发送SPS资源配置,该SPS资源配置除了包括第一信息之外,还包括SPS资源的周期等参数。终端设备收到前述SPS资源配置之后,终端设备还需要接收指示SPS资源的时频资源位置和调制解调方式MCS的激活DCI,才能使用SPS资源进行下行数据传输。Illustratively, the aforementioned transmission resource configuration is SPS resource configuration. For example, the access network device sends an SPS resource configuration to the terminal device. In addition to the first information, the SPS resource configuration also includes parameters such as the cycle of the SPS resource. After the terminal device receives the aforementioned SPS resource configuration, the terminal device also needs to receive the activation DCI indicating the time-frequency resource location of the SPS resource and the modem mode MCS before it can use the SPS resource for downlink data transmission.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该终端设备可以从传输资源配置对应的激活DCI获取第一信息。In another possible implementation, the terminal device may obtain the first information from the activated DCI corresponding to the transmission resource configuration.
示例性的,终端设备可以从CG资源配置的激活DCI获取第一信息。例如,终端设备从接入网设备接收针对配置授权类型2的激活DCI,该激活DCI包括第一信息、指示配置授权类型2的时频资源位置和调制解调方式MCS等信息。For example, the terminal device may obtain the first information from the activated DCI of the CG resource configuration. For example, the terminal device receives an activation DCI for configuration authorization type 2 from the access network device. The activation DCI includes first information, a time-frequency resource location indicating configuration authorization type 2, a modem MCS and other information.
示例性的,终端设备可以从SPS资源配置的激活DCI获取第一信息。例如,终端设备从接入网设备接收SPS资源配置的激活DCI,该激活DCI包括第一信息、指示SPS资源的时频资源位置和调制解调方式MCS等信息。For example, the terminal device may obtain the first information from the activated DCI of the SPS resource configuration. For example, the terminal device receives the activation DCI of the SPS resource configuration from the access network device. The activation DCI includes the first information, the time-frequency resource location indicating the SPS resource, the modem MCS and other information.
在实际应用中,终端设备可以采用前述任意一种实施方式获取第一信息,具体此处不做限定。In practical applications, the terminal device can obtain the first information using any of the aforementioned implementation methods, and the details are not limited here.
本实施例中,第一信息包括至少一个字符。其中,每个字符的取值是两个可能的取值中的任意一个,其中一个取值代表启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,另一个取值代表不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。例如,每个字符的取值可能是0,也可能是1。若字符的取值是0,则代表不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer;若字符的取值是1,则代表启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。又例如,每个字符的取值可能是假(false),也可能是真(true)。若字符的取值是false,则代表不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,若字符的取值是true,则代表启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。本申请不限定采用何种取值表示启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer的事件和不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer的事件。In this embodiment, the first information includes at least one character. Among them, the value of each character is any one of two possible values, one of which means starting drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, and the other value means not starting drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer. For example, the value of each character may be 0 or 1. If the value of the character is 0, it means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started; if the value of the character is 1, it means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started. For another example, the value of each character may be false (false) or true (true). If the value of the character is false, it means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started. If the value of the character is true, it means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started. This application does not limit which value is used to indicate the event of starting drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer and the event of not starting drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer.
此外,该第一信息中的每个字符对应至少一个传输资源,用于指示终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器;或者,该第一信息中的每个字符对应至少一个HARQ进程,用于指示终端设备在HARQ进程关联的传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该HARQ进程对应的第一定时器。In addition, each character in the first information corresponds to at least one transmission resource and is used to instruct the terminal device whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource; or, in the first information, Each character of corresponds to at least one HARQ process and is used to indicate whether the terminal device starts the first timer corresponding to the HARQ process after performing data transmission on the transmission resource associated with the HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中各个字符之间的排列顺序隐式地指示了每个字符对应的传输资源或HARQ进程。In a possible implementation, the arrangement order between characters in the first information implicitly indicates the transmission resource or HARQ process corresponding to each character.
示例性的,第一信息为比特序列,前述第一信息中的一个字符为比特序列中的一个比特携带的信息。每个比特在比特序列中的位置隐式地指示每个比特对应的传输资源或HARQ进程。其中,比特序列中取值为0的比特,表示不启动该比特指示的传输资源或HARQ进程对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer;比特序列中取值为1的比特,表示启动该比特指示的传输资源或HARQ进程对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。For example, the first information is a bit sequence, and one character in the first information is information carried by one bit in the bit sequence. The position of each bit in the bit sequence implicitly indicates the transmission resource or HARQ process corresponding to each bit. Among them, a bit with a value of 0 in the bit sequence indicates that the transmission resource indicated by the bit or the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the HARQ process is not started; a bit with a value of 1 in the bit sequence indicates that the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer indicated by the bit is started. The drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource or HARQ process.
例如,以比特序列中的一个比特对应一个传输资源为例。若第一信息为包括6比特的比特序列,6个比特对应时域上连续的6个传输资源,则比特序列“001000”表示仅在第三个传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,在其他几个传输资源(例如,第一个传输资源、第二个传输资源、第四个传输资源、第五个传输资源以及第六个传输资源)上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。又例如,以比特序列中的一个比特对应两个传输资源为例。若第一信息为包括6比特的比特序列,6个比特对应时域上连续的12个传输资源,则比特序列“001000”中的第一个“0”表示在第一个传输资源和第二个传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,“001000”中的第二个“0”表示在第三个传输资源和第四个传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,“001000”中的“1”表示在第三个传输资源和第四个传输资源上进行数据传输后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,以此类推,在第五至十二个传输资源上进行数据传输均不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。For example, take one bit in the bit sequence corresponding to one transmission resource. If the first information is a bit sequence including 6 bits, and the 6 bits correspond to 6 consecutive transmission resources in the time domain, then the bit sequence "001000" indicates that drx-HARQ- is started only after data transmission on the third transmission resource. RTT-Timer, does not start after data transmission on several other transport resources (e.g. first transport resource, second transport resource, fourth transport resource, fifth transport resource and sixth transport resource) drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer. As another example, take one bit in the bit sequence corresponding to two transmission resources. If the first information is a bit sequence including 6 bits, and the 6 bits correspond to 12 consecutive transmission resources in the time domain, then the first "0" in the bit sequence "001000" represents the difference between the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer will not be started after data transmission on the first transmission resource. The second "0" in "001000" means that drx will not be started after data transmission on the third and fourth transmission resources. -HARQ-RTT-Timer, "1" in "001000" means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started after data transmission on the third and fourth transmission resources, and so on, starting from the fifth to fourth transmission resources. Drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started for data transmission on twelve transmission resources.
应理解,比特序列中的一个比特对应一个HARQ进程或多个HARQ进程的情况与前述示例类似,此处不予赘述。It should be understood that the situation in which one bit in the bit sequence corresponds to one HARQ process or multiple HARQ processes is similar to the foregoing example, and will not be described again here.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息还包括每个字符的索引,该字符的索引用于显示地指示每个字 符对应的传输资源或HARQ进程。In another possible implementation, the first information also includes an index of each character, and the index of the character is used to display each word. The transmission resource or HARQ process corresponding to the symbol.
示例性的,以第一信息中的字符与传输资源对应为例。第一信息包括L个字符和L个字符的索引,其中,L为大于或等于1的整数。该字符的索引表示字符为L个字符中的第几个字符。例如,该字符的索引为0,表示该字符为L个字符中的第一个字符。又例如,该字符的索引为1,表示该字符为L个字符中的第二个字符。又例如,该字符的索引为2,表示该字符为L个字符中的第三个字符。以此类推,此处不予赘述。此时,该第一信息可以如下表1-1所示:As an example, the characters in the first information correspond to the transmission resources. The first information includes L characters and L character indexes, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The index of the character indicates which character among the L characters the character is. For example, the index of this character is 0, which means that this character is the first character among L characters. For another example, the index of the character is 1, which means that the character is the second character among L characters. For another example, the index of the character is 2, which means that the character is the third character among L characters. By analogy, we will not go into details here. At this time, the first information can be as shown in Table 1-1 below:
表1-1
Table 1-1
例如,以L=3的第一信息为例。索引为0的字符的取值为0,表示在第一个传输资源上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer;索引为1的字符的取值为1,在第二个传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer;索引为2的字符的取值为0,在第三个传输资源上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。For example, take the first information with L=3 as an example. The character with index 0 has a value of 0, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started after data transmission on the first transmission resource; the character with index 1 has a value of 1, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started after data transmission on the first transmission resource. drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started after data transmission on the third transmission resource; the value of the character with index 2 is 0, and drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not started after data transmission on the third transmission resource.
示例性的,以第一信息中的字符与HARQ进程对应为例。第一信息包括M个字符和M个字符的索引,其中,M为大于或等于1的整数。可选的,该M个字符的索引分别为M个进程的进程标识。例如,M个HARQ进程的进程标识分别为i,i+1,i+2,…,i+(M-1)。此时,该第一信息可以如下表2-1所示:As an example, the characters in the first information correspond to the HARQ process. The first information includes M characters and indices of M characters, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. Optionally, the M character indexes are the process identifiers of the M processes respectively. For example, the process identifiers of M HARQ processes are i, i+1, i+2, ..., i+(M-1). At this time, the first information can be as shown in Table 2-1 below:
表2-1
table 2-1
例如,以M=3的第一信息为例。第一信息对应3个HARQ进程。其中,第i个HARQ进程对应的字符为0,表示在标识为i的HARQ进程对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer;第(i+1)个HARQ进程对应的字符为0,表示在标识为(i+1)的HARQ进程对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer;第(i+2)个HARQ进程对应的字符为1,表示在标识为(i+2)的HARQ进程对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。For example, take the first information with M=3 as an example. The first information corresponds to 3 HARQ processes. Among them, the character corresponding to the i-th HARQ process is 0, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer will not be started after data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the HARQ process identified as i; the (i+1)-th HARQ process corresponds to The character is 0, indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer will not be started after data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the HARQ process identified as (i+1); the character corresponding to the (i+2) HARQ process is 1 , indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started after data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the HARQ process identified as (i+2).
步骤302,终端设备基于每个字符确定是否启动该字符对应的非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器。Step 302: The terminal device determines whether to start the discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer corresponding to the character based on each character.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的一个字符对应至少一个传输资源,该终端设备需要确定当前进行数据传输的传输资源对应第一信息中的哪个字符或哪些字符,进而确定是否启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。In a possible implementation, one character in the first information corresponds to at least one transmission resource. The terminal device needs to determine which character or characters in the first information corresponds to the transmission resource currently transmitting data, and then determine whether to start The drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to this transmission resource.
示例性的,终端设备在收到第一信息之后能够基于如下公式1计算当前的传输资源使用第一信息中的哪个字符。For example, after receiving the first information, the terminal device can calculate which character in the first information is used by the current transmission resource based on the following formula 1.
i=N modulo L;(公式1)i=N modulo L; (Formula 1)
其中,N表示待确定是否启动定时器的传输资源所在的符号的索引,即数据传输的时机所在的符号的索引,后文称为第N个传输资源;L表示第一信息中包含字符的数量;i表示第N个传输资源对应的第一信息中的字符的索引。Among them, N represents the index of the symbol where the transmission resource to be determined whether to start the timer is located, that is, the index of the symbol where the timing of data transmission is located, hereinafter referred to as the Nth transmission resource; L represents the number of characters included in the first information ;i represents the index of the character in the first information corresponding to the Nth transmission resource.
示例性的,终端设备可以基于MAC协议中的计算CG资源位置或计算SPS资源的公式确定N。例如,对于CG type 2,在接收到激活DCI时,通过如下公式2确定第N个CG资源的位置:For example, the terminal device may determine N based on the formula for calculating CG resource locations or calculating SPS resources in the MAC protocol. For example, for CG type 2, when receiving activated DCI, the location of the Nth CG resource is determined through the following formula 2:
[(SFN×numberOfSlotsPerFrame×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot)+(slot number in the frame×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot)+symbol number in the slot]=[(SFN×numberOfSlotsPerFrame×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot)+(slot number in the frame×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot)+symbol number in the slot]=
[(SFNstart time×numberOfSlotsPerFrame×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot+slotstart time×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot+symbolstart time)+N×periodicity]modulo(1024×numberOfSlotsPerFrame×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot).[(SFN start time ×numberOfSlotsPerFrame×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot+slot start time ×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot+symbol start time )+N×periodicity]modulo(1024×numberOfSlotsPerFrame×numberOfSymbolsPerSlot).
其中,numberOfSlotsPerFrame为每个帧包含的时隙的数量;numberOfSymbolsPerSlot为每个时隙包含 的符号的数量;SFN、slot number in the frame和symbol number in the slot分别为第N个CG资源的系统帧号、时隙号(即时隙的索引)和符号号(即符号的索引);SFNstart time、slotstart time和symbolstart time分别为初始化的配置授权资源的第一次传输时机的PUSCH的系统帧号、时隙号(即时隙的索引)和符号号(即符号的索引);periodicity表示配置授权资源的周期;1024表示一个超帧包括1024个帧。Among them, numberOfSlotsPerFrame is the number of time slots included in each frame; numberOfSymbolsPerSlot is the number of time slots included in each time slot. The number of symbols; SFN, slot number in the frame and symbol number in the slot are respectively the system frame number, timeslot number (i.e. the index of the slot) and symbol number (i.e. the index of the symbol) of the Nth CG resource; SFN start time , slot start time and symbol start time are respectively the system frame number, slot number (i.e. the index of the slot) and the symbol number (i.e. the index of the symbol) of PUSCH at the first transmission opportunity of the initialized configuration authorization resource; periodicity Indicates the period for configuring authorized resources; 1024 indicates that a superframe includes 1024 frames.
应理解,公式2还有多种变式,本申请仅以前述公式2为例进行介绍。It should be understood that there are many variations of Formula 2, and this application only uses the above-mentioned Formula 2 as an example to introduce.
示例性的,终端设备基于公式2确定第N个传输资源,并且,基于公式1得到i。然后,终端设备基于第一信息中第i个字符的取值确定第N个传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer是否启动。为便于理解,以L=6,N=61为例,终端设备基于公式1确定i=61 modulo 6=1,然后,终端设备查找第一信息中索引为1的字符。以表1-1为例,终端设备确定索引为1的字符的取值为1,表示在数据传输之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。以此类推,终端设备能够在每个传输资源上进行数据传输后确定该传输资源对应的字符,进而确定在每个传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。For example, the terminal device determines the Nth transmission resource based on Formula 2, and obtains i based on Formula 1. Then, the terminal device determines whether the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the N-th transmission resource is started based on the value of the i-th character in the first information. For ease of understanding, taking L=6, N=61 as an example, the terminal device determines i=61 modulo 6=1 based on Formula 1, and then the terminal device searches for the character with index 1 in the first information. Taking Table 1-1 as an example, the terminal device determines that the value of the character with index 1 is 1, indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is started after data transmission. By analogy, the terminal device can determine the characters corresponding to each transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource, and then determine whether to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer after data transmission on each transmission resource.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的一个字符对应至少一个HARQ进程,该终端设备需要确定当前进行数据传输的HARQ进程对应第一信息中的哪个字符或哪些字符,进而确定是否启动该HARQ进程对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。In another possible implementation, one character in the first information corresponds to at least one HARQ process. The terminal device needs to determine which character or characters in the first information corresponds to the HARQ process currently transmitting data, and then determine whether Start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the HARQ process.
示例性的,若终端设备当前进行数据传输的HARQ进程的进程标识为i,则终端设备基于第一信息(例如,表2-1所示示例)能够确定该HARQ进程对应的字符的取值为0,表示不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。以此类推,终端设备能够基于第一信息确定是否启动每个HARQ进程对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。For example, if the process identifier of the HARQ process in which the terminal device currently transmits data is i, the terminal device can determine the value of the character corresponding to the HARQ process based on the first information (for example, the example shown in Table 2-1) as 0, indicating not to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer. By analogy, the terminal device can determine whether to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to each HARQ process based on the first information.
当字符指示启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,则终端设备执行步骤303a;当字符指示不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,则终端设备执行步骤303b。When the character indicates that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is enabled, the terminal device executes step 303a; when the character indicates that drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer is not enabled, the terminal device executes step 303b.
步骤303a,终端设备在该字符对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动对应的非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器。Step 303a: After the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character, it starts the corresponding discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer.
当终端设备启动该字符对应的传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer之后,若该drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时,则该终端设备将启动该传输资源对应的drx-RetransmissionTimer。After the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource corresponding to the character, if the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out, the terminal device will start the drx-RetransmissionTimer corresponding to the transmission resource.
步骤303b,终端设备在该字符对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后不启动对应的非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器。Step 303b: The terminal device does not start the corresponding discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character.
当终端设备不启动该字符对应的传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer时,终端设备也不会因为drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时而启动drx-RetransmissionTimer。When the terminal device does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource corresponding to the character, the terminal device will not start the drx-RetransmissionTimer because the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out.
为便于理解,下面将结合图4A和图4B分别介绍在第一信息的作用下各个定时器的启动状态。For ease of understanding, the starting status of each timer under the action of the first information will be introduced below with reference to FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B.
如图4A所示,在上行传输中,传输资源为PUSCH资源。假设,L=6,第一信息为“001000”。此时,索引为0的字符的取值为0,表示每6个传输资源中在第一个传输资源(例如,传输资源1)上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;索引为1的字符的取值为0,表示在第二个传输资源(例如,传输资源2)上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;索引为2的字符的取值为1,表示在第三个传输资源(例如,传输资源3)上进行数据传输之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;索引为3的字符的取值为0,表示在第四个传输资源(例如,传输资源4)上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;索引为4的字符的取值为0,表示在第五个传输资源(例如,传输资源5)上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;索引为5的字符的取值为0,表示在第六个传输资源(例如,传输资源6)上进行数据传输之后不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。由图4A所示示例可知,终端设备在相邻的6个传输资源中的第三个传输资源上进行传输后需要启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL,并且,在第三个传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时后,第三个传输资源对应的drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。此时,终端设备进入DRX激活状态以监听来自接入网设备的用于重传调度的PDCCH。此外,在动态下行分配中,drx-onDurationTimer和drx-InactivityTimer运行也会导致终端设备进入激活状态。结合由drx-RetransmissionTimerUL、drx-onDurationTimer和drx-InactivityTimer这三种定时器运行导致终端设备进入激活状态的时长,可以获得终端设备在前述三种定时器运行时的DRX状态。该DRX状态包括DRX ON(表示DRX激活状态)和DRX OFF(表示DRX休眠状态)。在图4A中白色的方框表示终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,灰色的方框表示由于没有启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL而没有进入DRX激活状态的时长。由此可见,终端设备在第一信息的作用下处于DRX激活状态的时长变短了,有利于终端设备节省 功耗。As shown in Figure 4A, in uplink transmission, the transmission resource is PUSCH resource. Assume that L=6 and the first information is "001000". At this time, the value of the character with index 0 is 0, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after data transmission on the first transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 1) in every 6 transmission resources; index The character with index 1 has a value of 0, indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after data transmission on the second transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 2); the character with index 2 has a value of 1, Indicates that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after data transmission on the third transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 3); the value of the character with index 3 is 0, indicating that the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after data transmission on the fourth transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 3) drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after data transmission on resource 4); the value of the character with index 4 is 0, indicating that it is not started after data transmission on the fifth transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 5) drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL; the character with index 5 has a value of 0, indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after data transmission on the sixth transmission resource (for example, transmission resource 6). It can be seen from the example shown in Figure 4A that the terminal device needs to start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after transmitting on the third transmission resource among the six adjacent transmission resources, and, in the drx corresponding to the third transmission resource -After HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out, the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL corresponding to the third transmission resource. At this time, the terminal device enters the DRX activation state to monitor the PDCCH from the access network device for retransmission scheduling. In addition, in dynamic downlink allocation, the operation of drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer will also cause the terminal device to enter the activation state. Combining the duration of the terminal device entering the active state due to the running of drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer, the DRX status of the terminal device when the aforementioned three timers are running can be obtained. The DRX status includes DRX ON (indicating the DRX active state) and DRX OFF (indicating the DRX sleep state). In Figure 4A, the white box represents the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the gray box represents the time the terminal device does not enter the DRX activation state because drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is not started. It can be seen that the time the terminal equipment is in the DRX activation state is shortened under the influence of the first information, which is beneficial to the terminal equipment saving power consumption.
如图4B所示,在下行传输中,传输资源为PDSCH资源。假设,L=6,第一信息为“001000”。与图4A所示示例类似,在图4B中,终端设备在相邻的6个传输资源中的第三个传输资源上进行传输后需要启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL,并且,在第三个传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时后,第三个传输资源对应的drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。此时,终端设备进入DRX激活状态以监听来自接入网设备的用于重传调度的PDCCH。此外,在动态下行分配中,drx-onDurationTimer和drx-InactivityTimer运行也会导致终端设备进入激活状态。结合由drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-onDurationTimer和drx-InactivityTimer这三种定时器运行导致终端设备进入激活状态的时长,可以获得终端设备在前述三种定时器运行时的DRX状态。该DRX状态包括DRX ON(表示DRX激活状态)和DRX OFF(表示DRX休眠状态)。在图4B中白色的方框表示终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,灰色的方框表示由于没有启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL而没有进入DRX激活状态的时长,由此可见,终端设备在第一信息的作用下处于DRX激活状态的时长变短了,有利于终端设备节省功耗。As shown in Figure 4B, in downlink transmission, the transmission resource is PDSCH resource. Assume that L=6 and the first information is "001000". Similar to the example shown in Figure 4A, in Figure 4B, the terminal device needs to start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after transmitting on the third transmission resource among the six adjacent transmission resources, and, in the third After the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL corresponding to the transmission resource times out, the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL corresponding to the third transmission resource. At this time, the terminal device enters the DRX activation state to monitor the PDCCH from the access network device for retransmission scheduling. In addition, in dynamic downlink allocation, the operation of drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer will also cause the terminal device to enter the activation state. Combining the duration of the terminal device entering the active state due to the running of drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-onDurationTimer and drx-InactivityTimer, the DRX status of the terminal device when the aforementioned three timers are running can be obtained. The DRX status includes DRX ON (indicating DRX active state) and DRX OFF (indicating DRX sleep state). In Figure 4B, the white box represents the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the gray box represents the time the terminal device does not enter the DRX activation state because drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is not started. It can be seen that the role of the terminal device in the first information The duration of the DRX activation state is shortened, which helps the terminal device save power consumption.
本实施例中,由于drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL)超时时终端设备才会启动drx-RetransmissionTimer(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL)。因此,在终端设备不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer的情况下,drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer也不会超时,进而终端设备不会因为drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时而启动drx-RetransmissionTimer。由于,该终端设备也不会因为启动drx-RetransmissionTimer而进入激活状态,也不会监听用于重传调度的PDCCH。因此,有利于缩短终端设备处于激活状态的时长,进而有利于节省终端设备的功耗。In this embodiment, the terminal device will start the drx-RetransmissionTimer (for example, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx -RetransmissionTimerDL). Therefore, when the terminal device does not start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer will not time out, and the terminal device will not start drx-RetransmissionTimer because drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out. Because the terminal equipment will not enter the active state by starting drx-RetransmissionTimer, nor will it monitor the PDCCH used for retransmission scheduling. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in an activated state, thereby helping to save power consumption of the terminal device.
如图3B所示,为通信方法的另一种实施例。第一定时器用于指示接收重传调度的最大等待时长时,第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。前述图3A中的步骤302可以替换为如图3B所示的步骤302a,前述图3A中的步骤303a可以替换为如图3B所示的步骤303c,前述图3A中的步骤303b可以替换为如图3B所示的步骤303d。As shown in Figure 3B, another embodiment of the communication method is shown. When the first timer is used to indicate the maximum waiting time for receiving retransmission scheduling, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL. The aforementioned step 302 in Figure 3A can be replaced with step 302a as shown in Figure 3B , the aforementioned step 303a in Figure 3A can be replaced with step 303c as shown in Figure 3B , and the aforementioned step 303b in Figure 3A can be replaced with as shown in Figure 3B Step 303d shown in 3B.
步骤302a,终端设备基于每个字符确定是否启动该字符对应的传输资源对应的非连续接收重传定时器。Step 302a: The terminal device determines whether to start the discontinuous reception retransmission timer corresponding to the transmission resource corresponding to the character based on each character.
具体地,图3B中的步骤302a与图3A中的步骤302类似,具体请参阅前文步骤302中的相关描述。Specifically, step 302a in FIG. 3B is similar to step 302 in FIG. 3A. For details, please refer to the relevant description of step 302 above.
当字符指示启动drx-RetransmissionTimer,则终端设备执行步骤303c;当字符指示不启动drx-RetransmissionTimer,则终端设备执行步骤303d。When the character indicates that drx-RetransmissionTimer is enabled, the terminal device executes step 303c; when the character indicates that drx-RetransmissionTimer is not enabled, the terminal device executes step 303d.
步骤303c,终端设备在该字符对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动对应的非连续接收重传定时器。Step 303c: The terminal device starts the corresponding discontinuous reception retransmission timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character.
具体地,终端设备在该字符对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,当drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时后,终端设备启动该传输资源对应的drx-RetransmissionTimer。Specifically, the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character. When the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out, the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource. drx-RetransmissionTimer.
步骤303d,终端设备该字符对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后不启动对应的非连续接收重传定时器。Step 303d: After performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character, the terminal device does not start the corresponding discontinuous reception retransmission timer.
具体地,终端设备在该字符对应的传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,当drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时后,终端设备不启动该传输资源对应的drx-RetransmissionTimer。Specifically, the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource corresponding to the character. When the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out, the terminal device does not start the transmission resource corresponding to the character. drx-RetransmissionTimer.
为便于理解,下面将结合图4C和图4D分别介绍在第一信息的作用下各个定时器的启动状态。For ease of understanding, the starting status of each timer under the action of the first information will be introduced below in conjunction with FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D.
如图4C所示,在上行传输中,传输资源为PUSCH资源。假设,L=6,第一信息为“001000”。此时,索引为0的字符的取值为0,表示每6个传输资源中在第一个传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL,并且,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;索引为1的字符的取值为0,表示在第二个传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL,并且,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;以此类推,此处不予赘述。由图4C所示示例可知,终端设备在相邻的6个传输资源中的每个传输资源上进行数据传输之后都会启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL,仅在第三个传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时后会启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL,在其他的传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时后不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。由于,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL运行不会导致终端设备进入DRX激活状态,因此,图4C所示示例中终端设备的DRX激活状态与图4A所示示例中终端设备的DRX激活状态相同,即在图4C中白色的方框表示终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,灰色的方框表示由于没有启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL而没有进入DRX激活状态的时长。由此可见,终端设备在第一信息的作用下处于DRX激活状态的时长变短了,有利于终端设备节省功耗。 As shown in Figure 4C, in uplink transmission, the transmission resource is PUSCH resource. Assume that L=6 and the first information is "001000". At this time, the value of the character with index 0 is 0, which means that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after data transmission on the first transmission resource in every 6 transmission resources, and, after drx-HARQ-RTT- drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started when TimerUL times out; the value of the character with index 1 is 0, indicating that drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after data transmission on the second transmission resource, and, after drx- drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started when HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out; and so on, which will not be described here. It can be seen from the example shown in Figure 4C that the terminal device will start drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after performing data transmission on each of the six adjacent transmission resources. Only the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the third transmission resource will be started. drx-RetransmissionTimerUL will be started after HARQ-RTT-TimerUL times out, and drx-RetransmissionTimerUL will not be started after drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to other transmission resources times out. Since drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL operation will not cause the terminal device to enter the DRX activation state, the DRX activation state of the terminal device in the example shown in Figure 4C is the same as the DRX activation state of the terminal device in the example shown in Figure 4A, that is, In Figure 4C, the white box represents the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the gray box represents the time it does not enter the DRX activation state because drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is not started. It can be seen that the duration of the terminal device in the DRX activation state is shortened under the action of the first information, which is beneficial to the terminal device saving power consumption.
如图4D所示,在下行传输中,传输资源为PDSCH资源。假设,L=6,第一信息为“001000”。与图4C所示示例类似,在图4D中,终端设备在相邻的6个传输资源中的每个传输资源上进行数据传输之后都会启动drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL,仅在第三个传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时后会启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL,在其他的传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时后不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。在图4D中白色的方框表示终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,灰色的方框表示由于没有启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL而没有进入DRX激活状态的时长。由此可见,终端设备在第一信息的作用下处于DRX激活状态的时长变短了,有利于终端设备节省功耗。As shown in Figure 4D, in downlink transmission, the transmission resource is PDSCH resource. Assume that L=6 and the first information is "001000". Similar to the example shown in Figure 4C, in Figure 4D, the terminal device starts drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after data transmission on each of the 6 adjacent transmission resources, only in the third transmission drx-RetransmissionTimerDL will be started after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL corresponding to the resource times out, and drx-RetransmissionTimerDL will not be started after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL corresponding to other transmission resources times out. In Figure 4D, the white box represents the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the gray box represents the time it does not enter the DRX activation state because drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is not started. It can be seen that the duration of the terminal device in the DRX activation state is shortened under the action of the first information, which is beneficial to the terminal device saving power consumption.
本实施方式中,虽然终端设备能够启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL),但是,终端设备drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时基于第一信息不启动drx-RetransmissionTimer(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL)。因此,终端设备不会因为启动drx-RetransmissionTimer而进入激活状态,也不会监听用于重传调度的PDCCH。因此,有利于缩短终端设备处于激活状态的时长,进而有利于节省终端设备的功耗。In this implementation, although the terminal device can start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer (for example, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL), the terminal device drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout is based on The first message does not start drx-RetransmissionTimer (eg, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL). Therefore, the terminal device will not enter the active state by starting drx-RetransmissionTimer, nor will it monitor the PDCCH used for retransmission scheduling. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in an activated state, thereby helping to save power consumption of the terminal device.
下面将结合图5A和图5B对本申请提出的通信方法进行进一步介绍。The communication method proposed in this application will be further introduced below with reference to Figures 5A and 5B.
如图5A所示,第一信息包括至少一个阈值,第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。本实施例可以由终端设备和接入网设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)和接入网设备的部件(例如,处理器、芯片或芯片系统等部件)执行。以终端设备和接入网设备为例,终端设备和接入网设备将执行如下步骤:As shown in Figure 5A, the first information includes at least one threshold, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. This embodiment may be executed by a terminal device and an access network device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) and a component of the access network device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system) system and other components) execution. Taking terminal equipment and access network equipment as an example, the terminal equipment and access network equipment will perform the following steps:
步骤501,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一信息;相应地,终端设备从接入网设备接收第一信息。Step 501: The access network device sends first information to the terminal device; accordingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the access network device.
本实施例中,终端设备获得第一信息的实现方式与步骤301类似,具体请参阅前文步骤301中的相关描述,此处不予赘述。In this embodiment, the implementation manner in which the terminal device obtains the first information is similar to step 301. For details, please refer to the relevant description in step 301 above, which will not be described again here.
本实施例中,第一信息包括至少一个阈值,每个阈值对应一个预设条件。也可以理解为,第一信息用于指示至少一个预设条件。可选的,该第一信息还包括每个阈值对应的预设条件的标识,以指示该阈值对应的预设条件。In this embodiment, the first information includes at least one threshold, and each threshold corresponds to a preset condition. It can also be understood that the first information is used to indicate at least one preset condition. Optionally, the first information also includes an identification of a preset condition corresponding to each threshold to indicate the preset condition corresponding to the threshold.
具体地,基于参考的时刻不同,预设条件有多种不同的实施方式,下面分别进行介绍:Specifically, based on different reference moments, there are many different implementations of the preset conditions, which are introduced below:
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是以DRX周期为参考的条件。In a possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the DRX cycle as a reference.
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第一阈值,该第一阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值。如图6A所示,以上行传输为例。对于传输资源1,传输资源1当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期(j-1),下一个DRX周期为DRX周期j,第一阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源1的结束位置与DRX周期j中的起始位置之间的时长间隔a1小于或等于第一阈值。对于传输资源5,传输资源5当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,下一个DRX周期为DRX周期(j+1),第一阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源5的结束位置与DRX周期(j+1)的起始位置之间的时长间隔a2小于或等于第一阈值。In a possible example, the first information includes a first threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold. . As shown in Figure 6A, uplink transmission is taken as an example. For transmission resource 1, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 1 is DRX cycle (j-1), and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle j. The preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is the end position of transmission resource 1 and DRX cycle j. The duration interval a1 between the starting positions in is less than or equal to the first threshold. For transmission resource 5, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 5 is DRX cycle j, and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle (j+1). The preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is that the end position of transmission resource 5 is equal to the DRX cycle (j+1). The duration interval a2 between the starting positions of j+1) is less than or equal to the first threshold.
可选的,第一阈值小于该传输资源传输的业务的PDB。Optionally, the first threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
本示例中,由于DRX周期的起始时刻之后的较短时间内(例如,DRX周期的起始时刻之后的一个时隙内)终端设备会启动drx-onDurationTimer,在drx-onDurationTimer运行期间终端设备处于DRX激活状态且能够进行重传调度。因此,若传输资源的结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻较短(例如,小于第一阈值),则即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个DRX周期中的DRX激活时间内进行重传调度。进一步地,若第一阈值小于该传输资源传输的业务的PDB,则在保证传输失败的数据有机会进行重传调度的同时,还能够保证重传的数据满足PDB要求而不会影响业务的正常运行。In this example, since the terminal device will start drx-onDurationTimer within a short period of time after the start time of the DRX cycle (for example, within a time slot after the start time of the DRX cycle), the terminal device is in DRX is active and can perform retransmission scheduling. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start time of the next DRX cycle (for example, less than the first threshold), even if the terminal device fails to transmit the data transmitted on the current transmission resource, the terminal device still has The opportunity is to perform retransmission scheduling within the DRX activation time in the next DRX cycle. Further, if the first threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource, while ensuring that the data that failed to be transmitted has the opportunity to be retransmitted, it can also ensure that the retransmitted data meets the PDB requirements without affecting the normality of the service. run.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第二阈值,该第二阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。依然以图6A为例,对于传输资源5,传输资源5当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,第二阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源5的结束位置与DRX周期j的起始位置之间的时长间隔b2小于或等于第二阈值。对于传输资源2,传输资源2当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,第二阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源2的结束位置与DRX周期j的起始位置之 间的时长间隔b1小于或等于第二阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a second threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the current DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second threshold. . Still taking Figure 6A as an example, for transmission resource 5, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 5 is DRX cycle j, and the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is between the end position of transmission resource 5 and the start position of DRX cycle j. The duration interval b2 is less than or equal to the second threshold. For transmission resource 2, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 2 is DRX cycle j, and the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is the end position of transmission resource 2 and the starting position of DRX cycle j. The time interval b1 is less than or equal to the second threshold.
可选的,第二阈值小于该传输资源传输的业务的PDB。Optionally, the second threshold is smaller than the PDB of the service transmitted by the transmission resource.
本示例中,由于DRX周期的起始时刻之后的较短时间内(例如,DRX周期的起始时刻之后的一个时隙内)终端设备会启动drx-onDurationTimer,在drx-onDurationTimer运行期间终端设备处于DRX激活状态且能够进行重传调度。因此,若传输资源的结束位置距离当前的DRX周期的起始时刻较短(例如,小于第二阈值),则终端设备可能正处于DRX周期中的drx-onDurationTimer运行期间内。此时,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, since the terminal device will start drx-onDurationTimer within a short period of time after the start time of the DRX cycle (for example, within a time slot after the start time of the DRX cycle), the terminal device is in DRX is active and can perform retransmission scheduling. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start time of the current DRX cycle (for example, less than the second threshold), the terminal device may be in the drx-onDurationTimer running period in the DRX cycle. At this time, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on the next transmission resource.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是以第二定时器为参考的条件。其中,第二定时器是能让终端设备处于DRX激活状态的定时器,即该第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。例如,该第二定时器可以是drx-onDurationTimer、drx-InactivityTimer、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL以及drx-RetransmissionTimerSL中的任意一项。In another possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the second timer as a reference. The second timer is a timer that enables the terminal device to be in a DRX activated state, that is, the terminal device is in a DRX activated state when the second timer is running. For example, the second timer may be any one of drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, and drx-RetransmissionTimerSL.
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第三阈值,该第三阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值。In a possible example, the first information includes a third threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the length of time between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device. The interval is less than or equal to the third threshold.
以第二定时器为drx-onDurationTimer为例,该第三阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的drx-onDurationTimer的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值。如图6B所示,以上行传输为例。对于传输资源1,传输资源1当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期(j-1),下一个DRX周期为DRX周期j,第三阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源1的结束位置与DRX周期j中的drx-onDurationTimer的起始位置之间的时长间隔c1小于或等于第三阈值。对于传输资源5,传输资源5当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,下一个DRX周期为DRX周期(j+1),第三阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源5的结束位置与DRX周期(j+1)中的drx-onDurationTimer的起始位置之间的时长间隔c2小于或等于第三阈值。Taking the second timer as drx-onDurationTimer as an example, the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the next drx-onDurationTimer run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third timer. Three thresholds. As shown in Figure 6B, uplink transmission is taken as an example. For transmission resource 1, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 1 is DRX cycle (j-1), and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle j. The preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is the end position of transmission resource 1 and DRX cycle j. The duration interval c1 between the starting positions of the drx-onDurationTimer is less than or equal to the third threshold. For transmission resource 5, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 5 is DRX cycle j, and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle (j+1). The preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is that the end position of transmission resource 5 is equal to the DRX cycle (j+1). The duration interval c2 between the starting positions of drx-onDurationTimer in j+1) is less than or equal to the third threshold.
以第二定时器为drx-InactivityTimer为例,该第三阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的drx-InactivityTimer的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值。如图6C所示,以上行传输为例。对于传输资源1,传输资源1当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期(j-1),下一个DRX周期为DRX周期j,第三阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源1的结束位置与DRX周期j中的drx-InactivityTimer的起始位置之间的时长间隔f1小于或等于第三阈值。对于传输资源5,传输资源5当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,下一个DRX周期为DRX周期(j+1),第三阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源5的结束位置与DRX周期(j+1)中的drx-InactivityTimer的起始位置之间的时长间隔f2小于或等于第三阈值。Taking the second timer as drx-InactivityTimer as an example, the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the next drx-InactivityTimer run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third timer. Three thresholds. As shown in Figure 6C, uplink transmission is taken as an example. For transmission resource 1, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 1 is DRX cycle (j-1), and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle j. The preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is the end position of transmission resource 1 and DRX cycle j. The duration interval f1 between the starting positions of drx-InactivityTimer is less than or equal to the third threshold. For transmission resource 5, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 5 is DRX cycle j, and the next DRX cycle is DRX cycle (j+1). The preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is that the end position of transmission resource 5 is equal to the DRX cycle (j+1). The time interval f2 between the starting positions of drx-InactivityTimer in j+1) is less than or equal to the third threshold.
本示例中,由于终端设备在第二定时器的运行期间处于DRX激活状态,并且,终端设备处于DRX激活状态时能够进行重传调度。因此,若传输资源的结束位置距离下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置较短(例如,小于第三阈值),则即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在下一个第二定时器运行的时段内进行重传调度。In this example, because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the end position of the transmission resource is shorter than the start position of the next running second timer (for example, less than the third threshold), even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, The terminal device also has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling in the next period when the second timer runs.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第四阈值,该第四阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a fourth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the length of time between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The interval is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
以第二定时器为drx-onDurationTimer为例,该第四阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的drx-onDurationTimer的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值。在此示例中,传输资源的结束位置在当前DRX周期的drx-onDurationTimer运行结束位置之前。依然以图6B为例,对于传输资源2,传输资源2当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,第四阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源2的结束位置与DRX周期j中的drx-onDurationTimer的结束位置之间的时长间隔d1大于或等于第四阈值。对于传输资源6,传输资源6当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期(j+1),第四阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源6的结束位置与DRX周期(j+1)中的drx-onDurationTimer的起始位置之间的时长间隔d2大于或等于第四阈值。Taking the second timer as drx-onDurationTimer as an example, the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the drx-onDurationTimer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold. In this example, the end position of the transmission resource is before the end position of the drx-onDurationTimer run of the current DRX cycle. Still taking Figure 6B as an example, for transmission resource 2, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 2 is DRX cycle j. The preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is the end position of transmission resource 2 and the drx-onDurationTimer in DRX cycle j. The duration interval d1 between the end positions is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold. For transmission resource 6, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 6 is the DRX cycle (j+1). The preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is the end position of transmission resource 6 and the drx-onDurationTimer in the DRX cycle (j+1). The duration interval d2 between the starting positions is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
以第二定时器为drx-InactivityTimer为例,该第四阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的drx-InactivityTime的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值。依然以图6C为例,对于传输资源3,传输资源3当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,第四阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源3 的结束位置与DRX周期j中的drx-InactivityTimer的结束位置之间的时长间隔g1大于或等于第四阈值。Taking the second timer as drx-InactivityTimer as an example, the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of drx-InactivityTime currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold. Still taking Figure 6C as an example, for transmission resource 3, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 3 is DRX cycle j, and the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is transmission resource 3 The duration interval g1 between the end position of and the end position of drx-InactivityTimer in DRX cycle j is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
本示例中,由于终端设备在第二定时器的运行期间处于DRX激活状态,并且,终端设备处于DRX激活状态时能够进行重传调度。因此,若终端设备当前处于第二定时器的运行期间,并且,传输资源的结束位置距离当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔较长(例如,该时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值),说明终端设备的第二定时器还将运行一段时间,此时,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在当前的第二定时器运行的时段内的另一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the terminal device is currently in the running period of the second timer, and the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the currently running second timer is longer (for example, the time interval is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold), indicating that the second timer of the terminal device will still run for a period of time. At this time, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device will still have the opportunity to run the current second timer. Perform retransmission scheduling on another transmission resource within the period.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第五阈值,该第五阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a fifth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is a distance from the start position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The duration interval is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
以第二定时器为drx-onDurationTimer为例,该第五四阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的drx-onDurationTimer的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值。在此示例中,传输资源的结束位置可以在当前DRX周期的drx-onDurationTimer运行开始位置之前,或运行结束位置之后。依然以图6B为例,对于传输资源2,传输资源2当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,第三阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源2的结束位置与DRX周期j中的drx-onDurationTimer的起始位置之间的时长间隔e1小于或等于第五阈值。对于传输资源6,传输资源6当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期(j+1),第三阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源6的结束位置与DRX周期(j+1)中的drx-onDurationTimer的起始位置之间的时长间隔e2小于或等于第五阈值。Taking the second timer as drx-onDurationTimer as an example, the preset condition corresponding to the fifth and fourth thresholds is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the drx-onDurationTimer currently running on the terminal device is less than or equal to Fifth threshold. In this example, the end position of the transmission resource can be before the drx-onDurationTimer running start position of the current DRX cycle, or after the running end position. Still taking Figure 6B as an example, for transmission resource 2, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 2 is DRX cycle j. The preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is the end position of transmission resource 2 and the drx-onDurationTimer in DRX cycle j. The time interval e1 between the starting positions is less than or equal to the fifth threshold. For transmission resource 6, the current DRX cycle of transmission resource 6 is the DRX cycle (j+1). The preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is the end position of transmission resource 6 and the drx-onDurationTimer in the DRX cycle (j+1). The duration interval e2 between the starting positions is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
以第二定时器为drx-InactivityTimer为例,该第五阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的drx-InactivityTimer的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值。如图6C所示,在上行传输中,对于传输资源3,传输资源3当前所在的DRX周期为DRX周期j,并且,传输资源3的时域位置位于drx-InactivityTimer运行期间。在这种情况下,第五阈值对应的预设条件是传输资源3的结束位置与DRX周期j中的drx-InactivityTimer的起始位置之间的时长间隔h1大于或等于第五阈值。Taking the second timer as drx-InactivityTimer as an example, the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the drx-InactivityTimer currently running on the terminal device is less than or equal to the third timer. Five thresholds. As shown in Figure 6C, in uplink transmission, for transmission resource 3, the DRX cycle in which transmission resource 3 is currently located is DRX cycle j, and the time domain position of transmission resource 3 is during the running period of drx-InactivityTimer. In this case, the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is that the time interval h1 between the end position of transmission resource 3 and the start position of drx-InactivityTimer in DRX cycle j is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold.
本示例中,由于终端设备在第二定时器的运行期间处于DRX激活状态,并且,终端设备处于DRX激活状态时能够进行重传调度。因此,若终端设备当前处于第二定时器的运行期间,并且,传输资源的结束位置距离当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔较短(例如,该时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值),说明终端设备刚开始运行第二定时器,并且,第二定时器可能持续运行一段时长。因此,即使终端设备在当前的传输资源上进行传输的数据发生传输失败,该终端设备也有机会在当前的第二定时器运行的时段内的另一个传输资源上进行重传调度。In this example, because the terminal device is in the DRX activated state during the running of the second timer, and the terminal device can perform retransmission scheduling when it is in the DRX activated state. Therefore, if the terminal device is currently in the running period of the second timer, and the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the currently running second timer is shorter (for example, the time interval is less than or equal to the Five thresholds), indicating that the terminal device has just started running the second timer, and the second timer may continue to run for a period of time. Therefore, even if the data transmitted by the terminal device on the current transmission resource fails to be transmitted, the terminal device still has the opportunity to perform retransmission scheduling on another transmission resource within the current period of the second timer running.
应注意,在实际应用中,当第二定时器采用不同的实施方式时,针对不同的第二定时器第三阈值可能不同,针对不同的第二定时器第四阈值也可能不同,针对不同的第二定时器第五阈值也可能不同。It should be noted that in practical applications, when the second timer adopts different implementations, the third threshold may be different for different second timers, and the fourth threshold may also be different for different second timers. The second timer fifth threshold may also be different.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是DRX激活时间(或DRX激活状态)相关的条件。其中,在drx-onDurationTimer、drx-InactivityTimer以及drx-RetransmissionTimer(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL以及drx-RetransmissionTimerSL)中任意一种定时器运行的过程中,终端设备处于DRX激活状态,该终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长被称为DRX激活时间。In another possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition related to DRX activation time (or DRX activation state). Among them, during the operation of any timer in drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer, and drx-RetransmissionTimer (for example, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, and drx-RetransmissionTimerSL), the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the terminal device is in the DRX activation state. The length of time in the DRX activation state is called the DRX activation time.
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第六阈值,该第六阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值。In a possible example, the first information includes a sixth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the sixth threshold is: the time interval between the end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold. threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第七阈值,该第七阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a seventh threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the seventh threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and the time interval from the end of the current DRX activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第八阈值,该第八阈值对应的预设条件为:传输资源的结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes an eighth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the eighth threshold is: the end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and is a time interval away from the start time of the current DRX activation time. Less than or equal to the eighth threshold.
需要说明的是,前述任意一个预设条件中的“传输资源的结束位置”可以替换为“传输资源的起始位置”,每个预设条件对应的阈值的取值也会发生变化。It should be noted that the "end position of the transmission resource" in any of the aforementioned preset conditions can be replaced by "the starting position of the transmission resource", and the value of the threshold corresponding to each preset condition will also change.
应理解,在实际应用中,网络侧还可以配置与其他因素相关的预设条件,此处不再一一列举。It should be understood that in actual applications, the network side can also configure preset conditions related to other factors, which will not be listed here.
步骤502,终端设备基于每个阈值对应的预设条件确定是否启动传输资源对应的非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器。Step 502: The terminal device determines whether to start the discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the preset conditions corresponding to each threshold.
当终端设备满足第一信息携带的阈值对应的预设条件中的至少一个时,终端设备执行步骤503a;当终端设备不满足第一信息携带的阈值对应的全部预设条件时,终端设备执行步骤503b。 When the terminal device meets at least one of the preset conditions corresponding to the threshold value carried by the first information, the terminal device performs step 503a; when the terminal device does not meet all the preset conditions corresponding to the threshold value carried by the first information, the terminal device performs step 503a. 503b.
在一种可能的实施方式中,若第一信息仅包括一个阈值,则该终端设备基于前述一个阈值对应的预设条件确定是否启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。以第一信息仅包括第一阈值为例,若该传输资源所在位置满足第一阈值对应的预设条件,则该终端设备确定不启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,即终端设备将执行步骤503a;若该传输资源所在位置不满足第一阈值对应的预设条件,则该终端设备确定启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,即终端设备将执行步骤503b。具体地,关于第一阈值对应的预设条件请参阅前文步骤501中的相关描述,此处不予赘述。In a possible implementation, if the first information only includes one threshold, the terminal device determines whether to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer based on the preset condition corresponding to the aforementioned threshold. Taking the first information only including the first threshold as an example, if the location of the transmission resource meets the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold, the terminal device determines not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource, that is, the terminal The device will perform step 503a; if the location of the transmission resource does not meet the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold, the terminal device determines to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource, that is, the terminal device will perform step 503b. Specifically, regarding the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold, please refer to the relevant description in step 501 above, which will not be described again here.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,若第一信息包括多个阈值,则该终端基于前述多个阈值对应的预设条件确定是否启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer。当前述多个预设条件中存在至少一个条件满足时,终端设备确定不启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,即终端设备将执行步骤503a;当前述多个预设条件均不满足时,终端设备确定启动drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,即终端设备将执行步骤503b。以第一信息包括第三阈值和第四阈值为例。若该终端设备确定该传输资源所在位置满足第三阈值对应的预设条件和/或第四阈值对应的预设条件,则该终端设备确定不启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,即终端设备将执行步骤503a;若该传输资源所在位置不满足第三阈值对应的预设条件,且,不满足第四阈值对应的预设条件,则该终端设备确定启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,即终端设备将执行步骤503b。In another possible implementation, if the first information includes multiple thresholds, the terminal determines whether to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer based on preset conditions corresponding to the multiple thresholds. When at least one of the foregoing multiple preset conditions is met, the terminal device determines not to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, that is, the terminal device will execute step 503a; when none of the foregoing multiple preset conditions are met, the terminal device Confirm to start drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, that is, the terminal device will execute step 503b. As an example, the first information includes a third threshold and a fourth threshold. If the terminal device determines that the location of the transmission resource satisfies the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold and/or the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold, then the terminal device determines not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource. , that is, the terminal device will execute step 503a; if the location of the transmission resource does not meet the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold, and does not meet the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold, then the terminal device determines to start the transmission resource corresponding to drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer, that is, the terminal device will execute step 503b.
步骤503a,终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动对应的非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器。Step 503a: After the terminal device performs data transmission on the transmission resource, it starts the corresponding discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer.
当终端设备启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer之后,若该drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时,则该终端设备将启动该传输资源对应的drx-RetransmissionTimer。After the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource, if the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out, the terminal device will start the drx-RetransmissionTimer corresponding to the transmission resource.
步骤503b,终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输之后不启动对应的非连续接收混合自动重传请求往返时延定时器。Step 503b: The terminal device does not start the corresponding discontinuous reception hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip delay timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
当终端设备不启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer时,终端设备也不会因为drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时而启动drx-RetransmissionTimer。When the terminal device does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device will not start the drx-RetransmissionTimer because the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out.
具体地,在第一信息的作用下各个定时器的启动状态与前文步骤303a和步骤303b的情况类似,此处不予赘述。Specifically, the starting status of each timer under the action of the first information is similar to the situation in the previous step 303a and step 303b, and will not be described again here.
如图5B所示,为通信方法的另一种实施例。第一定时器用于指示接收重传调度的等待时长时,第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。As shown in Figure 5B, another embodiment of the communication method is shown. When the first timer is used to indicate the waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
此时,前述步骤501中介绍的预设条件可以替换为如下任意一种实施方式:At this time, the preset conditions introduced in step 501 can be replaced by any of the following implementation methods:
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是以DRX周期为参考的条件。In a possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the DRX cycle as a reference.
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第一阈值,该第一阈值对应的预设条件为:drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时刻距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值。In a possible example, the first information includes a first threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the first threshold is: the time interval between the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout moment and the start moment of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第二阈值,该第二阈值对应的预设条件为:drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时刻距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a second threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the second threshold is: the time interval between the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout moment and the start moment of the current DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second threshold.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是以第二定时器为参考的条件。其中,第二定时器是能让终端设备处于DRX激活状态的定时器,即该第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。例如,该第二定时器可以是drx-onDurationTimer、drx-InactivityTimer、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL以及drx-RetransmissionTimerSL中的任意一项。In another possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition with the second timer as a reference. The second timer is a timer that enables the terminal device to be in a DRX activated state, that is, the terminal device is in a DRX activated state when the second timer is running. For example, the second timer may be any one of drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, and drx-RetransmissionTimerSL.
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第三阈值,该第三阈值对应的预设条件为:drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时刻距离该终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值。In a possible example, the first information includes a third threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the third threshold is: the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout is from the start of the next second timer run by the terminal device. The duration interval of the starting position is less than or equal to the third threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第四阈值,该第四阈值对应的预设条件为:drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时刻距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a fourth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the fourth threshold is: the time between the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout and the second timer currently running on the terminal device is The duration interval of the end position is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第五阈值,该第五阈值对应的预设条件为:drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时刻距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a fifth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the fifth threshold is: the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout time is a distance from the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The duration interval of the starting position is less than or equal to the fifth threshold.
应注意,在实际应用中,当第二定时器采用不同的实施方式时,针对不同的第二定时器第三阈值可能不同,针对不同的第二定时器第四阈值也可能不同,针对不同的第二定时器第五阈值也可能不同。It should be noted that in practical applications, when the second timer adopts different implementations, the third threshold may be different for different second timers, and the fourth threshold may also be different for different second timers. The second timer fifth threshold may also be different.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息中的阈值指示的预设条件是DRX激活时间(或DRX激活状态)相关的条件。其中,在drx-onDurationTimer、drx-InactivityTimer以及drx-RetransmissionTimer(例如,drx- RetransmissionTimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL以及drx-RetransmissionTimerSL)中任意一种定时器运行的过程中,终端设备处于DRX激活状态,该终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长被称为DRX激活时间。In another possible implementation, the preset condition indicated by the threshold in the first information is a condition related to DRX activation time (or DRX activation state). Among them, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer and drx-RetransmissionTimer (for example, drx- During the operation of any timer among RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and drx-RetransmissionTimerSL), the terminal device is in the DRX activation state, and the length of time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state is called the DRX activation time.
在一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第六阈值,该第六阈值对应的预设条件为:drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时刻距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值。In a possible example, the first information includes a sixth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the sixth threshold is: the time interval between the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout moment and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第七阈值,该第七阈值对应的预设条件为:drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时刻处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes a seventh threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the seventh threshold is: the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout time is within the DRX activation time and is away from the end time of the current DRX activation time. The duration interval is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,第一信息包括第八阈值,该第八阈值对应的预设条件为:drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时时刻处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。In another possible example, the first information includes an eighth threshold, and the preset condition corresponding to the eighth threshold is: the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer timeout moment is within the DRX activation time and is far from the start of the current DRX activation time. The duration interval of moments is less than or equal to the eighth threshold.
应理解,在实际应用中,网络侧还可以配置与其他因素相关的预设条件,此处不再一一列举。It should be understood that in actual applications, the network side can also configure preset conditions related to other factors, which will not be listed here.
前述图5A中的步骤502可以替换为如图5B所示的步骤502a,前述图5A中的步骤503a可以替换为如图5B所示的步骤503c,前述图5A中的步骤503b可以替换为如图5B所示的步骤503d。The aforementioned step 502 in Figure 5A can be replaced with step 502a as shown in Figure 5B , the aforementioned step 503a in Figure 5A can be replaced with step 503c as shown in Figure 5B , and the aforementioned step 503b in Figure 5A can be replaced with as shown in Figure 5B Step 503d shown in 5B.
步骤502a,终端设备基于每个阈值对应的预设条件确定是否启动传输资源对应的非连续接收重传定时器。Step 502a: The terminal device determines whether to start the discontinuous reception retransmission timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the preset condition corresponding to each threshold.
具体地,图5B中的步骤502a与图5A中的步骤502类似,具体请参阅前文步骤502中的相关描述。Specifically, step 502a in FIG. 5B is similar to step 502 in FIG. 5A. For details, please refer to the relevant description of step 502 above.
当终端设备满足第一信息携带的阈值对应的预设条件中的至少一个时,终端设备执行步骤503c;当终端设备不满足第一信息携带的阈值对应的全部预设条件时,终端设备执行步骤503d。When the terminal device meets at least one of the preset conditions corresponding to the threshold value carried by the first information, the terminal device performs step 503c; when the terminal device does not meet all preset conditions corresponding to the threshold value carried by the first information, the terminal device performs step 503c. 503d.
步骤503c,终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动对应的非连续接收重传定时器。Step 503c: The terminal device starts the corresponding discontinuous reception retransmission timer after performing data transmission on the transmission resource.
具体地,终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,当drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时后,终端设备启动该传输资源对应的drx-RetransmissionTimer。Specifically, the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource. When the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out, the terminal device starts the drx-RetransmissionTimer corresponding to the transmission resource. .
步骤503d,终端设备该传输资源上进行数据传输之后不启动对应的非连续接收重传定时器。Step 503d: After performing data transmission on the transmission resource, the terminal device does not start the corresponding discontinuous reception retransmission timer.
具体地,终端设备在该传输资源上进行数据传输之后启动该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer,当drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer超时后,终端设备不启动该传输资源对应的drx-RetransmissionTimer。Specifically, the terminal device starts the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource. When the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer times out, the terminal device does not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-Timer corresponding to the transmission resource. RetransmissionTimer.
如图7所示,为本实施例提供的一种通信装置70的结构示意图。应当理解的是,前述图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B对应的方法实施例中的终端设备可以基于本实施例中图7所示的通信装置70的结构。As shown in Figure 7, it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 70 provided in this embodiment. It should be understood that the terminal device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B may be based on the structure of the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 in this embodiment.
通信装置70包括至少一个处理器701、至少一个存储器702和至少一个收发器703。其中,处理器701、存储器702和收发器703相连。可选地,通信装置70还可以包括输入设备705、输出设备706和一个或多个天线704。其中,天线704与收发器703相连,输入设备705、输出设备706与处理器701相连。The communication device 70 includes at least one processor 701 , at least one memory 702 and at least one transceiver 703 . Among them, the processor 701, the memory 702 and the transceiver 703 are connected. Optionally, communication device 70 may also include an input device 705, an output device 706, and one or more antennas 704. Among them, the antenna 704 is connected to the transceiver 703, and the input device 705 and the output device 706 are connected to the processor 701.
本实施例中,存储器702主要用于存储软件程序和数据。存储器702可以是独立存在,与处理器701相连。可选地,存储器702可以和处理器701集成于一体,例如集成于一个或多个芯片之内。其中,存储器702能够存储执行本申请实施例的技术方案的程序代码,并由处理器701来控制执行,被执行的各类计算机程序代码也可被视为是处理器701的驱动程序。应当理解的是,本实施例中的图7仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器,但是,在实际应用中,通信装置70可以存在多个处理器或多个存储器,具体此处不做限定。此外,存储器702也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器702可以为与处理器处于同一芯片上的存储元件(即片内存储元件),或者为独立的存储元件,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In this embodiment, the memory 702 is mainly used to store software programs and data. The memory 702 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 701. Alternatively, the memory 702 may be integrated with the processor 701, for example, integrated into one or more chips. Among them, the memory 702 can store the program code for executing the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 701. The various computer program codes executed can also be regarded as the driver of the processor 701. It should be understood that FIG. 7 in this embodiment only shows one memory and one processor. However, in actual applications, the communication device 70 may have multiple processors or multiple memories, which are not limited here. . In addition, the memory 702 may also be called a storage medium or a storage device. The memory 702 may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor (ie, an on-chip storage element), or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本实施例中,收发器703可以用于支持通信装置70与接入网设备之间射频信号的接收或者发送,收发器703可以与天线704相连。收发器703包括发射机Tx和接收机Rx。具体地,一个或多个天线704可以接收射频信号,收发器703的接收机Rx用于从天线704接收所述射频信号,并将射频信号转换为数字基带信号或数字中频信号,并将数字基带信号或数字中频信号提供给所述处理器701,以便处理器701对数字基带信号或数字中频信号做进一步的处理,例如解调处理和译码处理。此外,收发器703中的发射机Tx还用于从处理器701接收经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号,并将经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号转换为射频信号,并通过一个或多个天线704发送所述射频信号。具体地,接收机Rx可以选择性地对射频信号进行一级或多级下混频处理和模数转换处理以得到数字基带信号或数字中频信号,前述下混频处理和模数转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。发射机Tx可以选择性地对经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号时进行一级或多级上混频处理和数模转换处理以得到射频信号,所述上混频处理和数模转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。数字基带信号和数字中频信号可以统称为数字信号。 In this embodiment, the transceiver 703 can be used to support the reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the communication device 70 and the access network equipment, and the transceiver 703 can be connected to the antenna 704. Transceiver 703 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx. Specifically, one or more antennas 704 can receive radio frequency signals, and the receiver Rx of the transceiver 703 is used to receive the radio frequency signals from the antennas 704 and convert the radio frequency signals into digital baseband signals or digital intermediate frequency signals, and convert the digital baseband signals into digital baseband signals. The signal or digital intermediate frequency signal is provided to the processor 701 so that the processor 701 performs further processing on the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation processing and decoding processing. In addition, the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 703 is also used to receive the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 701, and convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and pass it through a or Multiple antennas 704 transmit the radio frequency signals. Specifically, the receiver Rx can selectively perform one or more levels of down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing on the radio frequency signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal. The sequence of the aforementioned down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing is The order is adjustable. The transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more levels of upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a radio frequency signal. The upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing The order is adjustable. Digital baseband signals and digital intermediate frequency signals can be collectively referred to as digital signals.
应当理解的是,前述收发器703也可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发装置等。可选地,可以将收发单元中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。It should be understood that the aforementioned transceiver 703 may also be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc. Optionally, the devices used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the devices used in the transceiver unit used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as the transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, and the receiving unit also It can be called a receiver, input port, receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit can be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
处理器701可以是基带处理器,也可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),基带处理器和CPU可以集成在一起或者分开。处理器701可以用于为终端设备实现各种功能,例如用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,或者用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据;或者用于协助完成计算处理任务,例如对图形图像处理或者音频处理等等;或者处理器701用于实现上述功能中的一种或者多种。The processor 701 may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit (CPU). The baseband processor and the CPU may be integrated together or separated. The processor 701 can be used to implement various functions for the terminal device, for example, to process communication protocols and communication data, or to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of software programs; or to assist Complete computing processing tasks, such as graphics and image processing or audio processing, etc.; or the processor 701 is used to implement one or more of the above functions.
此外,输出设备706和处理器701通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息,具体从此处不做限定。In addition, the output device 706 communicates with the processor 701 and can display information in a variety of ways, which are not limited here.
具体地,通信装置70用于执行前述图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B对应实施例中终端设备的方法。通信装置70中的收发器703用于接收第一信息。处理器701用于基于第一信息确定是否启动第一定时器。该处理器701还用于当基于该第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器;或者,当基于该第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在该传输资源上进行数据传输后启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器。其中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。Specifically, the communication device 70 is used to execute the method of the terminal device in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B. The transceiver 703 in the communication device 70 is used to receive the first information. The processor 701 is configured to determine whether to start the first timer based on the first information. The processor 701 is also configured to not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource when it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information; or, When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission is performed on the transmission resource. The duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
本实施例中,由于通信装置70能够基于第一信息决策在传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器,而不是在该传输资源上完成数据传输之后必须启动第一定时器,因此,有利于灵活控制通信装置70在合适的时机启动第一定时器而进入DRX激活状态。此外,当通信装置70基于第一信息确定不启动第一定时器,通信装置70可以不进入DRX激活状态,因此,有利于缩短通信装置70处于DRX激活状态的时长,有利于节省通信装置70功耗。In this embodiment, because the communication device 70 can decide whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource based on the first information, it does not have to start the first timer after completing the data transmission on the transmission resource. The timer is therefore beneficial to flexibly controlling the communication device 70 to start the first timer at an appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state. In addition, when the communication device 70 determines not to start the first timer based on the first information, the communication device 70 may not enter the DRX activation state. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the communication device 70 is in the DRX activation state and to save the power of the communication device 70. Consumption.
可选的,该第一信息携带于该传输资源对应的传输资源配置中;或者,该第一信息携带于用于激活该传输资源的激活下行控制信息DCI中。Optionally, the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息指示阈值,该阈值对应预设条件。该处理器701,具体用于当满足至少一个该预设条件时,确定在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该第一定时器;其中,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于阈值,和/或,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于阈值。In a possible implementation, the first information indicates a threshold, and the threshold corresponds to a preset condition. The processor 701 is specifically configured to determine not to start the first timer after data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met; wherein the preset condition satisfies the starting position of the transmission resource. Or the time interval between the end position and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or, the preset condition satisfies the start position or end position of the transmission resource and the distance between the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. The duration interval is greater than or equal to the threshold.
在一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In a possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In another possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值;其中,该第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is far from the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device. The time interval between the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is distanced from the start position/end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The time interval of the location is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
在另一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In another possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX The time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第一序列,该第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个该比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one Whether the transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第二序列,该第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特 与传输资源配置关联的至少一个HARQ进程对应,每个该比特用于指示至少一个HARQ进程在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits Corresponding to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration, each bit is used to indicate whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
此外,通信装置70中的第一定时器可以有如下多种实施方式:In addition, the first timer in the communication device 70 may have the following various implementation modes:
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。该处理器701,具体用于当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL. The processor 701 is specifically configured to not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL; or, when the When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。该处理器701,具体用于当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. The processor 701 is specifically configured to not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL; or, when the When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。该处理器701,具体用于当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. The processor 701 is specifically configured to not start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; or, when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL When instructed to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is started when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。该处理器701,具体用于当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL. The processor 701 is specifically configured to not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; or, when the first information indicates to start the drx- During RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is started when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
需要说明的是,本实施例的具体实施方式和有益效果可参考上述实施例中终端设备的方法,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation manner and beneficial effects of this embodiment may refer to the method of the terminal device in the above embodiment, and will not be described again here.
如图8所示,为本实施例提供的一种通信装置80的结构示意图。应当理解的是,前述图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B对应的方法实施例中的接入网设备可以基于本实施例中图8所示的通信装置80的结构。As shown in FIG. 8 , it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 80 provided in this embodiment. It should be understood that the access network equipment in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B may be based on the structure of the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 in this embodiment.
通信装置80包括至少一个处理器801、至少一个存储器802、至少一个收发器803、至少一个网络接口805和一个或多个天线804。处理器801、存储器802、收发器803和网络接口805通过连接装置相连,天线804与收发器803相连。其中,前述连接装置可包括各类接口、传输线或总线等,本实施例对此不做限定。The communication device 80 includes at least one processor 801 , at least one memory 802 , at least one transceiver 803 , at least one network interface 805 and one or more antennas 804 . The processor 801, the memory 802, the transceiver 803 and the network interface 805 are connected through a connecting device, and the antenna 804 is connected to the transceiver 803. The aforementioned connection device may include various interfaces, transmission lines or buses, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
其中,存储器802主要用于存储软件程序和数据。存储器802可以是独立存在,与处理器801相连。可选地,存储器802可以和处理器801集成于一体,例如集成于一个或多个芯片之内。其中,存储器802能够存储执行本申请实施例的技术方案的程序代码,并由处理器801来控制执行,被执行的各类计算机程序代码也可被视为是处理器801的驱动程序。应当理解的是,本实施例中的图8仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器,但是,在实际应用中,通信装置80可以存在多个处理器或多个存储器,具体此处不做限定。此外,存储器802也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器802可以为与处理器处于同一芯片上的存储元件(即片内存储元件),或者为独立的存储元件,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Among them, the memory 802 is mainly used to store software programs and data. The memory 802 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 801. Alternatively, the memory 802 may be integrated with the processor 801, for example, integrated into one or more chips. Among them, the memory 802 can store the program code for executing the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 801. The various computer program codes executed can also be regarded as the driver of the processor 801. It should be understood that FIG. 8 in this embodiment only shows one memory and one processor. However, in actual applications, the communication device 80 may have multiple processors or multiple memories, which are not limited here. . In addition, the memory 802 may also be called a storage medium or a storage device. The memory 802 may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor (ie, an on-chip storage element), or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本实施例中,收发器803可以用于支持通信装置80与终端设备之间射频信号的接收或者发送,收发器803可以与天线804相连。收发器803包括发射机Tx和接收机Rx。具体地,一个或多个天线804可以接收射频信号,收发器803的接收机Rx用于从天线804接收所述射频信号,并将射频信号转换为数字基带信号或数字中频信号,并将数字基带信号或数字中频信号提供给所述处理器801,以便处理器801对数字基带信号或数字中频信号做进一步的处理,例如解调处理和译码处理。此外,收发器803中的发射机Tx还用于从处理器801接收经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号,并将经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号转换为射频信号,并通过一个或多个天线804发送所述射频信号。具体地,接收机Rx可以选择性地对射频信号进行一级或多级下混频处理和模数转换处理以得到数字基带信号或数字中频信号,前述下混频处理和模数转 换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。发射机Tx可以选择性地对经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号时进行一级或多级上混频处理和数模转换处理以得到射频信号,所述上混频处理和数模转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。数字基带信号和数字中频信号可以统称为数字信号。In this embodiment, the transceiver 803 can be used to support the reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the communication device 80 and the terminal device, and the transceiver 803 can be connected to the antenna 804. Transceiver 803 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx. Specifically, one or more antennas 804 can receive radio frequency signals, and the receiver Rx of the transceiver 803 is used to receive the radio frequency signals from the antennas 804 and convert the radio frequency signals into digital baseband signals or digital intermediate frequency signals, and convert the digital baseband signals into digital baseband signals. The signal or digital intermediate frequency signal is provided to the processor 801, so that the processor 801 performs further processing on the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation processing and decoding processing. In addition, the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 803 is also used to receive the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 801, and convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and pass it through a or Multiple antennas 804 transmit the radio frequency signals. Specifically, the receiver Rx can selectively perform one or more levels of down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing on the radio frequency signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal. The aforementioned down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing The order of replacement processing is adjustable. The transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more levels of upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a radio frequency signal. The upmixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing The order is adjustable. Digital baseband signals and digital intermediate frequency signals can be collectively referred to as digital signals.
应当理解的是,前述收发器803也可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发装置等。可选地,可以将收发单元中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。It should be understood that the aforementioned transceiver 803 may also be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc. Optionally, the devices used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the devices used in the transceiver unit used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as the transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, and the receiving unit also It can be called a receiver, input port, receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit can be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
此外,前述处理器801主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个网络设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持通信装置80执行前述实施例中所描述的动作。通信装置80可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,其中,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个通信装置80进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。如图8中的处理器801可以集成基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,通信装置80可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,通信装置80可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,通信装置80的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储器中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。In addition, the aforementioned processor 801 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire network equipment, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, to support the communication device 80 to execute what is described in the previous embodiments. Actions. The communication device 80 may include a baseband processor and a central processor. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processor is mainly used to control the entire communication device 80, execute software programs, and process software. program data. As shown in Figure 8, the processor 801 can integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors, interconnected through technologies such as buses. Those skilled in the art can understand that the communication device 80 may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the communication device 80 may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the communication device 80 may be configured through various bus connection. The baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing communication protocols and communication data can be built into the processor, or can be stored in the memory in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.
此外,前述网络接口805用于使通信装置80通过通信链路,与其它通信装置相连。具体地,网络接口805可以包括通信装置80与核心网网元之间的网络接口,例如S1接口;网络接口805也可以包括通信装置80和其他网络设备(例如其他接入网设备或者核心网网元)之间的网络接口,例如X2或者Xn接口。In addition, the aforementioned network interface 805 is used to connect the communication device 80 to other communication devices through communication links. Specifically, the network interface 805 may include a network interface between the communication device 80 and the core network element, such as the S1 interface; the network interface 805 may also include the communication device 80 and other network devices (such as other access network devices or core network devices). network interface between elements), such as X2 or Xn interface.
在一种可能的实施方式中,通信装置80用于执行前述图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B对应实施例中的方法。具体地,在通信装置80中,处理器801用于确定第一信息,该第一信息用于终端设备确定是否启动传输资源对应的第一定时器,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。收发器803用于发送第一信息。In a possible implementation, the communication device 80 is configured to perform the method in the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B. Specifically, in the communication device 80, the processor 801 is used to determine the first information. The first information is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start a first timer corresponding to the transmission resource. The duration of the first timer is the retransmission schedule. The minimum interval or the maximum waiting time for receiving retransmission schedule. The transceiver 803 is used to send the first information.
本实施例中,由于通信装置80能够向终端设备发送用于确定是否启动传输资源对应的第一定时器的第一信息,因此终端设备能够基于第一信息决策在传输资源上进行数据传输之后是否启动该传输资源对应的第一定时器,而不是在该传输资源上完成数据传输之后必须启动第一定时器。因此,有利于灵活控制终端设备在合适的时机启动第一定时器而进入DRX激活状态。此外,当第一信息指示不启动第一定时器,终端设备在收到第一信息后可以不进入DRX激活状态,因此,有利于缩短终端设备处于DRX激活状态的时长,有利于节省终端设备功耗。In this embodiment, since the communication device 80 can send the first information to the terminal device for determining whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, the terminal device can decide whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource based on the first information. Start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, instead of starting the first timer after completing the data transmission on the transmission resource. Therefore, it is beneficial to flexibly control the terminal equipment to start the first timer at an appropriate time and enter the DRX activation state. In addition, when the first information indicates not to start the first timer, the terminal device does not need to enter the DRX activation state after receiving the first information. Therefore, it is beneficial to shorten the time the terminal device is in the DRX activation state and save the power of the terminal device. Consumption.
可选的,该第一信息携带于该传输资源对应的传输资源配置中;或者,该第一信息携带于用于激活该传输资源的激活下行控制信息DCI中。Optionally, the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当该第一信息指示不启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器时;该传输资源对应的该第一定时器在该传输资源上的数据传输后不被启动。In a possible implementation, when the first information indicates not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource; the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not activated after data transmission on the transmission resource. start up.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当该第一信息指示启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器时;该传输资源对应的该第一定时器在该传输资源上的数据传输后被启动。In a possible implementation, when the first information indicates starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource; the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission on the transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息指示阈值,该阈值对应预设条件,该第一信息用于在满足至少一个该预设条件时,确定在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该第一定时器;其中,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入非连续接收DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于阈值,和/或,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于阈值。In a possible implementation, the first information indicates a threshold, the threshold corresponds to a preset condition, and the first information is used to determine whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met. Start the first timer; wherein the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the discontinuous reception DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or the preset timer Assume that the condition is met that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the time the terminal device exits the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the threshold.
在一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In a possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In another possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于 或等于第三阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值;其中,该第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than Or equal to the third threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource The time interval between the start position/end position and the start position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
在另一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In another possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX The time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第一序列,该第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个该比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one Whether the transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第二序列,该第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与传输资源配置关联的至少一个HARQ进程对应,每个该比特用于指示至少一个HARQ进程在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration, and each of the bits is used for Indicates whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
此外,第一定时器可以有如下多种实施方式:In addition, the first timer can be implemented in the following multiple ways:
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device to send on the PUSCH resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after uplink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL; the first information is used by the terminal device to receive on the PDSCH resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is not started after downlink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or , the first information is used by the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; the first information is used for the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, the first information Used for the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
需要说明的是,本实施例的具体实施方式和有益效果可参考上述实施例中接入网设备的方法,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation manner and beneficial effects of this embodiment may refer to the method of accessing the network device in the above embodiment, and will not be described again here.
如图9所示,本申请还提供了一种装置90。该装置90可以是终端设备或接入网设备,也可以是终端设备或接入网设备的部件(例如,集成电路、芯片等)。该装置90也可以是其他用于实现本申请方法实施例中的方法的通信模块。As shown in Figure 9, this application also provides a device 90. The device 90 may be a terminal device or an access network device, or may be a component (for example, an integrated circuit, a chip, etc.) of the terminal device or the access network device. The device 90 may also be other communication modules used to implement the methods in the method embodiments of this application.
该装置90可以包括处理模块901(或称为处理单元)。可选的,还可以包括接口模块902(或称为收发单元或收发模块)和存储模块903(或称为存储单元)。接口模块902用于实现与其他设备进行通信。接口模块902例如可以是收发模块或输入输出模块。The device 90 may include a processing module 901 (also referred to as a processing unit). Optionally, an interface module 902 (or a transceiver unit or a transceiver module) and a storage module 903 (or a storage unit) may also be included. The interface module 902 is used to implement communication with other devices. The interface module 902 may be, for example, a transceiver module or an input/output module.
在一种可能的设计中,如图9中的一个或者多个模块可能由一个或者多个处理器来实现,或者由一个或者多个处理器和存储器来实现;或者由一个或多个处理器和收发器实现;或者由一个或者多个处理器、存储器和收发器实现,本申请实施例对此不作限定。所述处理器、存储器、收发器可以单独设置,也可以 集成于一体。In a possible design, one or more modules in Figure 9 may be implemented by one or more processors, or by one or more processors and memories; or by one or more processors and a transceiver; or may be implemented by one or more processors, memories, and transceivers, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. The processor, memory, and transceiver can be set individually, or they can Integrated into one.
该装置90具备实现本申请实施例描述的终端设备的功能。例如,装置90包括终端设备执行本申请实施例描述的终端设备涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段(means)可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,还可以通过软件和硬件结合的方式实现。详细可进一步参考前述对应方法实施例中的相应描述。The device 90 has the function of implementing the terminal equipment described in the embodiments of this application. For example, the apparatus 90 includes modules or units or means (means) corresponding to the terminal equipment executing the steps involved in the terminal equipment described in the embodiments of this application. The functions, units or means (means) can be implemented by software or hardware, The corresponding software implementation can also be executed through hardware, or it can also be implemented through a combination of software and hardware. For details, reference may be made to the corresponding descriptions in the foregoing corresponding method embodiments.
或者,装置90具备实现本申请实施例描述的接入网设备的功能。例如,所述装置90包括接入网设备执行本申请实施例描述的接入网设备涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段(means)可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现,还可以通过软件和硬件结合的方式实现。详细可进一步参考前述对应方法实施例中的相应描述。Alternatively, the device 90 has the function of implementing the access network equipment described in the embodiments of this application. For example, the apparatus 90 includes modules or units or means (means) corresponding to the access network equipment performing the steps involved in the access network equipment described in the embodiments of this application. The functions, units or means (means) can be implemented through software. , or it can be implemented through hardware, it can also be implemented through hardware to execute corresponding software, or it can also be implemented through a combination of software and hardware. For details, reference may be made to the corresponding descriptions in the foregoing corresponding method embodiments.
可选的,本申请实施例中的装置90中各个模块可以用于执行本申请实施例中图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B描述的方法。Optionally, each module in the device 90 in the embodiment of the present application can be used to perform the method described in Figure 2, Figure 3A, Figure 3B, Figure 5A or Figure 5B in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置90执行终端设备对应的方法时,该通信装置90中的接口模块902用于接收第一信息。处理模块901用于基于第一信息确定是否启动第一定时器。该处理模块901还用于当基于该第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器;或者,当基于该第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在该传输资源上进行数据传输后启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器。其中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。In a possible design, when the communication device 90 executes a method corresponding to the terminal device, the interface module 902 in the communication device 90 is used to receive the first information. The processing module 901 is used to determine whether to start the first timer based on the first information. The processing module 901 is also configured to not start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource when it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information; or, When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission is performed on the transmission resource. The duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
可选的,该第一信息携带于该传输资源对应的传输资源配置中;或者,该第一信息携带于用于激活该传输资源的激活下行控制信息DCI中。Optionally, the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息指示阈值,该阈值对应预设条件。该处理模块901,具体用于当满足至少一个该预设条件时,确定在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该第一定时器;其中,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于阈值,和/或,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于阈值。In a possible implementation, the first information indicates a threshold, and the threshold corresponds to a preset condition. The processing module 901 is specifically configured to determine not to start the first timer after data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met; wherein the preset condition satisfies the starting position of the transmission resource. Or the time interval between the end position and the next time the terminal device enters the DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or, the preset condition satisfies the start position or end position of the transmission resource and the distance between the terminal device exiting the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle. The duration interval is greater than or equal to the threshold.
在一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In a possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In another possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值;其中,该第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is far from the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device. The time interval between the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is distanced from the start position/end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The time interval of the location is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
在另一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In another possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX The time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第一序列,该第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个该比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one Whether the transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第二序列,该第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与传输资源配置关联的至少一个HARQ进程对应,每个该比特用于指示至少一个HARQ进程在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration, and each of the bits is used for Indicates whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
此外,通信装置90中的第一定时器可以有如下多种实施方式:In addition, the first timer in the communication device 90 may have the following various implementation modes:
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ- RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ- RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。该处理模块901,具体用于当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL. The processing module 901 is specifically configured to not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL; or, when the When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。该处理模块901,具体用于当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. The processing module 901 is specifically configured to not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource when the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL; or, when the When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。该处理模块901,具体用于当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. The processing module 901 is specifically configured to not start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; or, when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL When instructed to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is started when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。该处理模块901,具体用于当该第一信息指示不启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;或者,当该第一信息指示启动该drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL. The processing module 901 is specifically configured to not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out when the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; or, when the first information indicates to start the drx- During RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is started when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
需要说明的是,本实施例的具体实施方式和有益效果可参考上述实施例中终端设备的方法,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation manner and beneficial effects of this embodiment may refer to the method of the terminal device in the above embodiment, and will not be described again here.
在另一种可能的设计中,通信装置90执行接入网设备对应的方法时,该通信装置90In another possible design, when the communication device 90 executes the method corresponding to the access network device, the communication device 90
处理模块901用于确定第一信息,该第一信息用于终端设备确定是否启动传输资源对应的第一定时器,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。接口模块902用于发送第一信息。The processing module 901 is used to determine the first information. The first information is used by the terminal device to determine whether to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource. The duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the minimum interval of receiving the retransmission schedule. Maximum waiting time. The interface module 902 is used to send the first information.
可选的,该第一信息携带于该传输资源对应的传输资源配置中;或者,该第一信息携带于用于激活该传输资源的激活下行控制信息DCI中。Optionally, the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the activation downlink control information DCI used to activate the transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当该第一信息指示不启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器时;该传输资源对应的该第一定时器在该传输资源上的数据传输后不被启动。In a possible implementation, when the first information indicates not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource; the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not activated after data transmission on the transmission resource. start up.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当该第一信息指示启动该传输资源对应的该第一定时器时;该传输资源对应的该第一定时器在该传输资源上的数据传输后被启动。In a possible implementation, when the first information indicates starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource; the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is started after data transmission on the transmission resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息指示阈值,该阈值对应预设条件,该第一信息用于在满足至少一个该预设条件时,确定在该传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动该第一定时器;其中,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入非连续接收DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于阈值,和/或,该预设条件满足该传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于阈值。In a possible implementation, the first information indicates a threshold, the threshold corresponds to a preset condition, and the first information is used to determine whether to perform data transmission on the transmission resource when at least one of the preset conditions is met. Start the first timer; wherein the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the discontinuous reception DRX activation state is less than or equal to the threshold, and/or the preset timer Assume that the condition is met that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the time the terminal device exits the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the threshold.
在一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In a possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or, the time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start time of the current DRX cycle is The duration interval is less than or equal to the second threshold.
在另一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项:In another possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离该终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值;其中,该第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is far from the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device. The time interval between the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is distanced from the start position/end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device. The time interval of the location is less than or equal to the fifth threshold; wherein the terminal device is in the DRX activation state when the second timer is running.
在另一种可能的示例中,该预设条件满足如下至少一项: In another possible example, the preset condition satisfies at least one of the following:
该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值;或者,该传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is within the DRX activation time and is far away from the current DRX The time interval between the end time of the activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or, the start position/end position of the transmission resource is in the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold .
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第一序列,该第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个该比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each bit corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each bit is used to indicate the corresponding at least one Whether the transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该第一信息包括第二序列,该第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个该比特与传输资源配置关联的至少一个HARQ进程对应,每个该比特用于指示至少一个HARQ进程在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动该第一定时器。In another possible implementation, the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits corresponds to at least one HARQ process associated with the transmission resource configuration, and each of the bits is used for Indicates whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
此外,第一定时器可以有如下多种实施方式:In addition, the first timer can be implemented in the following multiple ways:
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device to send on the PUSCH resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started after uplink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,该第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后启动该drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。In a possible implementation, the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL; the first information is used by the terminal device to receive on the PDSCH resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is not started after downlink data; or, the first information is used for the terminal equipment to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving the retransmission schedule, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在该传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL; the first information is used by the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or , the first information is used by the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;该第一信息用于该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;或者,该第一信息用于该终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。In a possible implementation, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL; the first information is used for the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, the first information Used for the terminal device to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
需要说明的是,本实施例的具体实施方式和有益效果可参考上述实施例中接入网设备的方法,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation manner and beneficial effects of this embodiment may refer to the method of accessing the network device in the above embodiment, and will not be described again here.
此外,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。例如,实现如前述图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B中的终端设备相关的方法。又例如,实现如前述图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B中的接入网设备相关的方法。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如,同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如,红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字通用光盘(digital versatile disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In addition, the present application provides a computer program product, which includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. For example, the method related to the terminal device in the aforementioned Figure 2, Figure 3A, Figure 3B, Figure 5A or Figure 5B is implemented. For another example, implement the method related to the access network equipment in the aforementioned FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g., computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wired link (e.g. , coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. Computer-readable storage media can be any available media that a computer can store, or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (for example, floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (for example, digital versatile disc (DVD)), or semiconductor media (for example, solid state disk (SSD)), etc. .
此外,本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,存储介质存储有计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器执行以实现如前述图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B中的终端设备相关的方法;或者,执行以实现如前述图2、图3A、图3B、图5A或图5B中的接入网设备相关的方法。 In addition, this application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. The storage medium stores a computer program. The computer program is executed by the processor to implement the terminal device as shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, FIG. 5A or FIG. 5B. Related methods; or, execute to implement methods related to the access network equipment in the aforementioned Figure 2, Figure 3A, Figure 3B, Figure 5A or Figure 5B.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,上述各个方法实施例可以单独实施,也可以结合实施。各实施例中涉及的术语和相关技术可以互相参考。也就是说,不同实施例之间不矛盾或逻辑上没有冲突的技术方案之间是可以相互结合的,具体本申请不做限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation. In addition, each of the above method embodiments can be implemented individually or in combination. Terms and related technologies involved in various embodiments may be referred to each other. That is to say, technical solutions that are not inconsistent or logically conflicting between different embodiments can be combined with each other, and are not specifically limited in this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。 Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    接收第一信息;receive the first message;
    当基于所述第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器;当基于所述第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器;When it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is not started after data transmission on the transmission resource; When a message determines to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission is performed on the transmission resource;
    其中,所述第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。Wherein, the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息指示阈值,所述阈值对应预设条件;The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the first information indicates a threshold, and the threshold corresponds to a preset condition;
    所述当基于所述第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, not starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当满足至少一个所述预设条件时,确定在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动所述第一定时器;When at least one of the preset conditions is met, it is determined not to start the first timer after data transmission on the transmission resource;
    其中,所述预设条件满足所述传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入非连续接收DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于阈值,和/或,所述预设条件满足所述传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于阈值。Wherein, the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the discontinuous reception DRX activation state is less than or equal to a threshold, and/or the preset condition satisfies all The time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the time the terminal device exits the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件满足如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the preset conditions satisfy at least one of the following:
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值;或者,The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the current DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件满足如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the preset conditions satisfy at least one of the following:
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离所述终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值;或者,The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离所述终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值;或者,The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离所述终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值;The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is less than or equal to the fifth threshold;
    其中,所述第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。Wherein, the terminal device is in a DRX activated state when the second timer is running.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件满足如下至少一项:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the preset conditions satisfy at least one of the following:
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值;或者,The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值;或者,The start position/end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and the time interval from the end of the current DRX activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。The start position/end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一序列,所述第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个所述比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个所述比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动所述第一定时器。The method of claim 1, wherein the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each of the bits Used to indicate whether the corresponding at least one transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第二序列,所述第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个所述比特与传输资源配置关联的至少一个混合自动重传请求HARQ进程对应,每个所述比特用于指示至少一个HARQ进程在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动所述第一定时器。The method of claim 1, wherein the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits is associated with at least one hybrid automatic repeat transmission of a transmission resource configuration. Corresponding to the requested HARQ process, each bit is used to indicate whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔,所述第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,所述第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;
    当基于所述第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, not starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当所述第一信息指示不启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,在所述PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之 后不启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;When the first information indicates not to activate the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, the uplink data is sent on the PUSCH resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is not started afterwards;
    或者,or,
    当基于所述第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当所述第一信息指示启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL时,在所述PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,所述第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;
    当基于所述第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, not starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当所述第一信息指示不启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,在所述PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;When the first information indicates not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, do not start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource;
    或者,or,
    当基于所述第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当所述第一信息指示启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL时,在所述PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。When the first information indicates starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is started after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource.
  11. 根据权利要求1至7中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定时器的时长为接收重传调度的最大等待时长,所述第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the duration of the first timer is the maximum waiting duration for receiving retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx- RetransmissionTimerDL.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;
    当基于所述第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, not starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当所述第一信息指示不启动所述drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,在所述传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;When the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, do not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out;
    或者,or,
    当基于所述第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当所述第一信息指示启动所述drx-RetransmissionTimerUL时,在所述传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。When the first information indicates starting the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is started when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;
    当基于所述第一信息确定不启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, not starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当所述第一信息指示不启动所述drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;When the first information indicates not to start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, do not start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out;
    或者,or,
    当基于所述第一信息确定启动传输资源对应的第一定时器时,在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器,包括:When it is determined to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource based on the first information, starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource after performing data transmission on the transmission resource includes:
    当所述第一信息指示启动所述drx-RetransmissionTimerDL时,在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。When the first information indicates starting the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is started when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out.
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息携带于所述传输资源对应的传输资源配置中;或者,所述第一信息携带于用于激活所述传输资源的激活下行控制信息DCI中。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration used to activate the transmission resource. The activation of the above transmission resources is included in the downlink control information DCI.
  15. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    发送第一信息,所述第一信息指示是否启动传输资源对应的第一定时器,所述第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔或者接收重传调度的最大等待时长。Send first information, the first information indicating whether to start a first timer corresponding to the transmission resource, where the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of the retransmission schedule or the maximum waiting time for receiving the retransmission schedule.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一信息指示不启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器时;所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器在所述传输资源上的数据传输后不被启动。 The method according to claim 15, characterized in that when the first information indicates not to start the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource; the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is in the Data transmission on the above transmission resource is not started after transmission.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一信息指示启动所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器时;所述传输资源对应的所述第一定时器在所述传输资源上的数据传输后被启动。The method according to claim 15, characterized in that when the first information indicates starting the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource; the first timer corresponding to the transmission resource is in the After data transfer on the transfer resource is initiated.
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息指示阈值,所述阈值对应预设条件,所述第一信息用于在满足至少一个所述预设条件时,确定在所述传输资源上进行数据传输后不启动所述第一定时器;The method of claim 15, wherein the first information indicates a threshold, the threshold corresponds to a preset condition, and the first information is used to determine when at least one of the preset conditions is met. The first timer is not started after data transmission on the transmission resource;
    其中,所述预设条件满足所述传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离下一次终端设备进入非连续接收DRX激活状态的时长间隔小于或等于阈值,和/或,所述预设条件满足所述传输资源的起始位置或结束位置距离当前DRX周期内终端设备退出DRX激活状态的时长间隔大于或等于阈值。Wherein, the preset condition satisfies that the time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the next time the terminal device enters the discontinuous reception DRX activation state is less than or equal to a threshold, and/or the preset condition satisfies all The time interval between the start position or the end position of the transmission resource and the time the terminal device exits the DRX activation state in the current DRX cycle is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件满足如下至少一项:The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the preset conditions satisfy at least one of the following:
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第一阈值;或者,The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX cycle is less than or equal to the first threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离当前DRX周期的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第二阈值。The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the current DRX cycle is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件满足如下至少一项:The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the preset conditions satisfy at least one of the following:
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离所述终端设备下一个运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第三阈值;或者,The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer next run by the terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离所述终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的结束位置的时长间隔大于或等于第四阈值;或者,The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the end position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离所述终端设备当前在运行的第二定时器的起始位置的时长间隔小于或等于第五阈值;The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start position of the second timer currently running on the terminal device is less than or equal to the fifth threshold;
    其中,所述第二定时器运行时终端设备处于DRX激活状态。Wherein, the terminal device is in a DRX activated state when the second timer is running.
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设条件满足如下至少一项:The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the preset conditions satisfy at least one of the following:
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置距离下一个DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第六阈值;或者,The time interval between the start position/end position of the transmission resource and the start moment of the next DRX activation time is less than or equal to the sixth threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的结束时刻的时长间隔大于或等于第七阈值;或者,The start position/end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and the time interval from the end of the current DRX activation time is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold; or,
    所述传输资源的起始位置/结束位置处于DRX激活时间且距离当前DRX激活时间的起始时刻的时长间隔小于或等于第八阈值。The start position/end position of the transmission resource is at the DRX activation time and the time interval from the start time of the current DRX activation time is less than or equal to the eighth threshold.
  22. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第一序列,所述第一序列包括至少一个比特,每个所述比特与至少一个传输资源对应,每个所述比特用于指示对应的至少一个传输资源在进行数据传输后是否启动所述第一定时器。The method of claim 15, wherein the first information includes a first sequence, the first sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits corresponds to at least one transmission resource, and each of the bits Used to indicate whether the corresponding at least one transmission resource starts the first timer after data transmission.
  23. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第二序列,所述第二序列包括至少一个比特,每个所述比特与传输资源配置关联的至少一个混合自动重传请求HARQ进程对应,每个所述比特用于指示至少一个HARQ进程在关联的传输资源上进行数据传输后是否启动所述第一定时器。The method of claim 15, wherein the first information includes a second sequence, the second sequence includes at least one bit, each of the bits is associated with at least one hybrid automatic repeat transmission of a transmission resource configuration. Corresponding to the requested HARQ process, each bit is used to indicate whether to start the first timer after at least one HARQ process performs data transmission on the associated transmission resource.
  24. 根据权利要求15至23中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定时器的时长为重传调度的最小间隔,所述第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL或drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 23, characterized in that the duration of the first timer is the minimum interval of retransmission scheduling, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输资源为物理层上行共享信道PUSCH资源,所述第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;The method according to claim 24, characterized in that the transmission resource is a physical layer uplink shared channel PUSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备在所述PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后不启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;或者,所述第一信息用于所述终端设备在所述PUSCH资源上发送上行数据之后启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL。The first information is used by the terminal equipment not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL after sending uplink data on the PUSCH resource; or, the first information is used by the terminal equipment when the PUSCH resource is used. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL is started after sending uplink data on the resource.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输资源为物理层下行共享信道PDSCH资源,所述第一定时器为drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;The method according to claim 24, characterized in that the transmission resource is a physical layer downlink shared channel PDSCH resource, and the first timer is drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备在所述PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后不启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;或者,所述第一信息用于所述终端设备在所述PDSCH资源上接收下行数据之后启动所述drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。The first information is used by the terminal equipment not to start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL after receiving downlink data on the PDSCH resource; or, the first information is used by the terminal equipment when the terminal equipment receives downlink data on the PDSCH resource. The drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL is started after receiving downlink data on the resource.
  27. 根据权利要求15至23中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定时器的时长为接收重传调 度的最大等待时长,所述第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 23, characterized in that the duration of the first timer is to receive retransmission adjustment. The maximum waiting time of the degree, the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;The method according to claim 27, characterized in that the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备在所述传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL;或者,所述第一信息用于所述终端设备在所述传输资源对应的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。The first information is used by the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerUL when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the transmission resource times out; or, the first information is used by the terminal device when the transmission resource times out; drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is started when the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL corresponding to the resource times out.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定时器为drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;The method according to claim 27, characterized in that the first timer is drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;
    所述第一信息用于所述终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时不启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL;或者,所述第一信息用于所述终端设备在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时时启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。The first information is used for the terminal device not to start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out; or, the first information is used for the terminal device when drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out. Start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL.
  30. 根据权利要求15至29中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息携带于所述传输资源对应的传输资源配置中;或者,所述第一信息携带于用于激活所述传输资源的激活下行控制信息DCI中。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 29, characterized in that the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration corresponding to the transmission resource; or, the first information is carried in the transmission resource configuration used to activate the transmission resource. The activation of the above transmission resources is included in the downlink control information DCI.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;A communication device, characterized by including a processor and a memory;
    其中,存储器存储有计算机程序;Among them, the memory stores a computer program;
    所述处理器调用所述计算机程序以使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至14中任意一项所述的方法;或者,执行如权利要求15至30中任意一项所述的方法。The processor calls the computer program to cause the communication device to perform the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 14; or, to perform the method as described in any one of claims 15 to 30.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至14中任意一项所述的方法;或者,执行如权利要求15至30中任意一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 14; or, to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 15 to 30 any of the methods described.
PCT/CN2023/102600 2022-07-08 2023-06-27 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2024007882A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210800216.0 2022-07-08
CN202210800216.0A CN117412358A (en) 2022-07-08 2022-07-08 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024007882A1 true WO2024007882A1 (en) 2024-01-11

Family

ID=89454175

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/102600 WO2024007882A1 (en) 2022-07-08 2023-06-27 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117412358A (en)
WO (1) WO2024007882A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105722195A (en) * 2011-01-28 2016-06-29 华为技术有限公司 Discontinuous reception method and device
CN112399435A (en) * 2019-08-15 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Timer control method, device and system
US20210227622A1 (en) * 2020-01-21 2021-07-22 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for handling sidelink discontinuous reception regarding periodic transmission in a wireless communication system
WO2022086132A1 (en) * 2020-10-20 2022-04-28 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for starting timer for activation time in nr v2x

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105722195A (en) * 2011-01-28 2016-06-29 华为技术有限公司 Discontinuous reception method and device
CN112399435A (en) * 2019-08-15 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Timer control method, device and system
US20210227622A1 (en) * 2020-01-21 2021-07-22 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for handling sidelink discontinuous reception regarding periodic transmission in a wireless communication system
WO2022086132A1 (en) * 2020-10-20 2022-04-28 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for starting timer for activation time in nr v2x

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117412358A (en) 2024-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019192342A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus for discontinuous reception, and communication device and communication system
JP6247333B2 (en) Apparatus, program, user equipment (UE), apparatus, and computer-readable recording medium
JP7462053B2 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring discontinuous reception (DRX) parameters
TWI704831B (en) Power-efficient mechanism for multi-link operation in mobile communications
EP3963953A1 (en) Determining pdcch monitoring during on-duration when in power saving mode
WO2020221093A1 (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring and configuring search space
WO2021062612A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020063782A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2022517311A (en) User device for transmitting UE support information
WO2021026918A1 (en) Downlink control information monitoring method and apparatus
WO2012083843A1 (en) Sending method, base station and terminal
WO2020143490A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020119753A1 (en) Parameter configuration method and apparatus
WO2022062685A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2024007882A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
JP2021521729A (en) How to identify the length of the ambiguity, terminals and network-side devices
WO2022083418A1 (en) Energy saving signal transmission method and apparatus
WO2021228237A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2023109331A1 (en) Method for improving downlink quality of voice service, and chip, device and storage medium
WO2023011240A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, network side device, and terminal
WO2024017094A1 (en) Discontinuous reception management method, and communication system and apparatus
WO2024032596A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023246588A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022206363A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024032077A1 (en) Uplink transmission method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23834656

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1